cord-776 create build / runtime containers for autmation uservices
Change-Id: I246973192adef56a250ffe93a5f65fff488840c1
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/CHANGELOG.md b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/CHANGELOG.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2c2bc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/CHANGELOG.md
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+# 0.10.0
+
+* feature: Add a test hook (#180)
+* feature: `ParseLevel` is now case-insensitive (#326)
+* feature: `FieldLogger` interface that generalizes `Logger` and `Entry` (#308)
+* performance: avoid re-allocations on `WithFields` (#335)
+
+# 0.9.0
+
+* logrus/text_formatter: don't emit empty msg
+* logrus/hooks/airbrake: move out of main repository
+* logrus/hooks/sentry: move out of main repository
+* logrus/hooks/papertrail: move out of main repository
+* logrus/hooks/bugsnag: move out of main repository
+* logrus/core: run tests with `-race`
+* logrus/core: detect TTY based on `stderr`
+* logrus/core: support `WithError` on logger
+* logrus/core: Solaris support
+
+# 0.8.7
+
+* logrus/core: fix possible race (#216)
+* logrus/doc: small typo fixes and doc improvements
+
+
+# 0.8.6
+
+* hooks/raven: allow passing an initialized client
+
+# 0.8.5
+
+* logrus/core: revert #208
+
+# 0.8.4
+
+* formatter/text: fix data race (#218)
+
+# 0.8.3
+
+* logrus/core: fix entry log level (#208)
+* logrus/core: improve performance of text formatter by 40%
+* logrus/core: expose `LevelHooks` type
+* logrus/core: add support for DragonflyBSD and NetBSD
+* formatter/text: print structs more verbosely
+
+# 0.8.2
+
+* logrus: fix more Fatal family functions
+
+# 0.8.1
+
+* logrus: fix not exiting on `Fatalf` and `Fatalln`
+
+# 0.8.0
+
+* logrus: defaults to stderr instead of stdout
+* hooks/sentry: add special field for `*http.Request`
+* formatter/text: ignore Windows for colors
+
+# 0.7.3
+
+* formatter/\*: allow configuration of timestamp layout
+
+# 0.7.2
+
+* formatter/text: Add configuration option for time format (#158)
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/LICENSE b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f090cb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2014 Simon Eskildsen
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/README.md b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..206c746
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
+# Logrus <img src="http://i.imgur.com/hTeVwmJ.png" width="40" height="40" alt=":walrus:" class="emoji" title=":walrus:"/> [](https://travis-ci.org/Sirupsen/logrus) [](https://godoc.org/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus)
+
+**Seeing weird case-sensitive problems?** See [this
+issue](https://github.com/sirupsen/logrus/issues/451#issuecomment-264332021).
+This change has been reverted. I apologize for causing this. I greatly
+underestimated the impact this would have. Logrus strives for stability and
+backwards compatibility and failed to provide that.
+
+Logrus is a structured logger for Go (golang), completely API compatible with
+the standard library logger. [Godoc][godoc]. **Please note the Logrus API is not
+yet stable (pre 1.0). Logrus itself is completely stable and has been used in
+many large deployments. The core API is unlikely to change much but please
+version control your Logrus to make sure you aren't fetching latest `master` on
+every build.**
+
+Nicely color-coded in development (when a TTY is attached, otherwise just
+plain text):
+
+
+
+With `log.SetFormatter(&log.JSONFormatter{})`, for easy parsing by logstash
+or Splunk:
+
+```json
+{"animal":"walrus","level":"info","msg":"A group of walrus emerges from the
+ocean","size":10,"time":"2014-03-10 19:57:38.562264131 -0400 EDT"}
+
+{"level":"warning","msg":"The group's number increased tremendously!",
+"number":122,"omg":true,"time":"2014-03-10 19:57:38.562471297 -0400 EDT"}
+
+{"animal":"walrus","level":"info","msg":"A giant walrus appears!",
+"size":10,"time":"2014-03-10 19:57:38.562500591 -0400 EDT"}
+
+{"animal":"walrus","level":"info","msg":"Tremendously sized cow enters the ocean.",
+"size":9,"time":"2014-03-10 19:57:38.562527896 -0400 EDT"}
+
+{"level":"fatal","msg":"The ice breaks!","number":100,"omg":true,
+"time":"2014-03-10 19:57:38.562543128 -0400 EDT"}
+```
+
+With the default `log.SetFormatter(&log.TextFormatter{})` when a TTY is not
+attached, the output is compatible with the
+[logfmt](http://godoc.org/github.com/kr/logfmt) format:
+
+```text
+time="2015-03-26T01:27:38-04:00" level=debug msg="Started observing beach" animal=walrus number=8
+time="2015-03-26T01:27:38-04:00" level=info msg="A group of walrus emerges from the ocean" animal=walrus size=10
+time="2015-03-26T01:27:38-04:00" level=warning msg="The group's number increased tremendously!" number=122 omg=true
+time="2015-03-26T01:27:38-04:00" level=debug msg="Temperature changes" temperature=-4
+time="2015-03-26T01:27:38-04:00" level=panic msg="It's over 9000!" animal=orca size=9009
+time="2015-03-26T01:27:38-04:00" level=fatal msg="The ice breaks!" err=&{0x2082280c0 map[animal:orca size:9009] 2015-03-26 01:27:38.441574009 -0400 EDT panic It's over 9000!} number=100 omg=true
+exit status 1
+```
+
+#### Example
+
+The simplest way to use Logrus is simply the package-level exported logger:
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+ log "github.com/Sirupsen/logrus"
+)
+
+func main() {
+ log.WithFields(log.Fields{
+ "animal": "walrus",
+ }).Info("A walrus appears")
+}
+```
+
+Note that it's completely api-compatible with the stdlib logger, so you can
+replace your `log` imports everywhere with `log "github.com/Sirupsen/logrus"`
+and you'll now have the flexibility of Logrus. You can customize it all you
+want:
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+ "os"
+ log "github.com/Sirupsen/logrus"
+)
+
+func init() {
+ // Log as JSON instead of the default ASCII formatter.
+ log.SetFormatter(&log.JSONFormatter{})
+
+ // Output to stdout instead of the default stderr, could also be a file.
+ log.SetOutput(os.Stdout)
+
+ // Only log the warning severity or above.
+ log.SetLevel(log.WarnLevel)
+}
+
+func main() {
+ log.WithFields(log.Fields{
+ "animal": "walrus",
+ "size": 10,
+ }).Info("A group of walrus emerges from the ocean")
+
+ log.WithFields(log.Fields{
+ "omg": true,
+ "number": 122,
+ }).Warn("The group's number increased tremendously!")
+
+ log.WithFields(log.Fields{
+ "omg": true,
+ "number": 100,
+ }).Fatal("The ice breaks!")
+
+ // A common pattern is to re-use fields between logging statements by re-using
+ // the logrus.Entry returned from WithFields()
+ contextLogger := log.WithFields(log.Fields{
+ "common": "this is a common field",
+ "other": "I also should be logged always",
+ })
+
+ contextLogger.Info("I'll be logged with common and other field")
+ contextLogger.Info("Me too")
+}
+```
+
+For more advanced usage such as logging to multiple locations from the same
+application, you can also create an instance of the `logrus` Logger:
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+ "github.com/Sirupsen/logrus"
+)
+
+// Create a new instance of the logger. You can have any number of instances.
+var log = logrus.New()
+
+func main() {
+ // The API for setting attributes is a little different than the package level
+ // exported logger. See Godoc.
+ log.Out = os.Stderr
+
+ log.WithFields(logrus.Fields{
+ "animal": "walrus",
+ "size": 10,
+ }).Info("A group of walrus emerges from the ocean")
+}
+```
+
+#### Fields
+
+Logrus encourages careful, structured logging though logging fields instead of
+long, unparseable error messages. For example, instead of: `log.Fatalf("Failed
+to send event %s to topic %s with key %d")`, you should log the much more
+discoverable:
+
+```go
+log.WithFields(log.Fields{
+ "event": event,
+ "topic": topic,
+ "key": key,
+}).Fatal("Failed to send event")
+```
+
+We've found this API forces you to think about logging in a way that produces
+much more useful logging messages. We've been in countless situations where just
+a single added field to a log statement that was already there would've saved us
+hours. The `WithFields` call is optional.
+
+In general, with Logrus using any of the `printf`-family functions should be
+seen as a hint you should add a field, however, you can still use the
+`printf`-family functions with Logrus.
+
+#### Hooks
+
+You can add hooks for logging levels. For example to send errors to an exception
+tracking service on `Error`, `Fatal` and `Panic`, info to StatsD or log to
+multiple places simultaneously, e.g. syslog.
+
+Logrus comes with [built-in hooks](hooks/). Add those, or your custom hook, in
+`init`:
+
+```go
+import (
+ log "github.com/Sirupsen/logrus"
+ "gopkg.in/gemnasium/logrus-airbrake-hook.v2" // the package is named "aibrake"
+ logrus_syslog "github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/hooks/syslog"
+ "log/syslog"
+)
+
+func init() {
+
+ // Use the Airbrake hook to report errors that have Error severity or above to
+ // an exception tracker. You can create custom hooks, see the Hooks section.
+ log.AddHook(airbrake.NewHook(123, "xyz", "production"))
+
+ hook, err := logrus_syslog.NewSyslogHook("udp", "localhost:514", syslog.LOG_INFO, "")
+ if err != nil {
+ log.Error("Unable to connect to local syslog daemon")
+ } else {
+ log.AddHook(hook)
+ }
+}
+```
+Note: Syslog hook also support connecting to local syslog (Ex. "/dev/log" or "/var/run/syslog" or "/var/run/log"). For the detail, please check the [syslog hook README](hooks/syslog/README.md).
+
+| Hook | Description |
+| ----- | ----------- |
+| [Airbrake](https://github.com/gemnasium/logrus-airbrake-hook) | Send errors to the Airbrake API V3. Uses the official [`gobrake`](https://github.com/airbrake/gobrake) behind the scenes. |
+| [Airbrake "legacy"](https://github.com/gemnasium/logrus-airbrake-legacy-hook) | Send errors to an exception tracking service compatible with the Airbrake API V2. Uses [`airbrake-go`](https://github.com/tobi/airbrake-go) behind the scenes. |
+| [Papertrail](https://github.com/polds/logrus-papertrail-hook) | Send errors to the [Papertrail](https://papertrailapp.com) hosted logging service via UDP. |
+| [Syslog](https://github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/blob/master/hooks/syslog/syslog.go) | Send errors to remote syslog server. Uses standard library `log/syslog` behind the scenes. |
+| [Bugsnag](https://github.com/Shopify/logrus-bugsnag/blob/master/bugsnag.go) | Send errors to the Bugsnag exception tracking service. |
+| [Sentry](https://github.com/evalphobia/logrus_sentry) | Send errors to the Sentry error logging and aggregation service. |
+| [Hiprus](https://github.com/nubo/hiprus) | Send errors to a channel in hipchat. |
+| [Logrusly](https://github.com/sebest/logrusly) | Send logs to [Loggly](https://www.loggly.com/) |
+| [Slackrus](https://github.com/johntdyer/slackrus) | Hook for Slack chat. |
+| [Journalhook](https://github.com/wercker/journalhook) | Hook for logging to `systemd-journald` |
+| [Graylog](https://github.com/gemnasium/logrus-graylog-hook) | Hook for logging to [Graylog](http://graylog2.org/) |
+| [Raygun](https://github.com/squirkle/logrus-raygun-hook) | Hook for logging to [Raygun.io](http://raygun.io/) |
+| [LFShook](https://github.com/rifflock/lfshook) | Hook for logging to the local filesystem |
+| [Honeybadger](https://github.com/agonzalezro/logrus_honeybadger) | Hook for sending exceptions to Honeybadger |
+| [Mail](https://github.com/zbindenren/logrus_mail) | Hook for sending exceptions via mail |
+| [Rollrus](https://github.com/heroku/rollrus) | Hook for sending errors to rollbar |
+| [Fluentd](https://github.com/evalphobia/logrus_fluent) | Hook for logging to fluentd |
+| [Mongodb](https://github.com/weekface/mgorus) | Hook for logging to mongodb |
+| [Influxus] (http://github.com/vlad-doru/influxus) | Hook for concurrently logging to [InfluxDB] (http://influxdata.com/) |
+| [InfluxDB](https://github.com/Abramovic/logrus_influxdb) | Hook for logging to influxdb |
+| [Octokit](https://github.com/dorajistyle/logrus-octokit-hook) | Hook for logging to github via octokit |
+| [DeferPanic](https://github.com/deferpanic/dp-logrus) | Hook for logging to DeferPanic |
+| [Redis-Hook](https://github.com/rogierlommers/logrus-redis-hook) | Hook for logging to a ELK stack (through Redis) |
+| [Amqp-Hook](https://github.com/vladoatanasov/logrus_amqp) | Hook for logging to Amqp broker (Like RabbitMQ) |
+| [KafkaLogrus](https://github.com/goibibo/KafkaLogrus) | Hook for logging to kafka |
+| [Typetalk](https://github.com/dragon3/logrus-typetalk-hook) | Hook for logging to [Typetalk](https://www.typetalk.in/) |
+| [ElasticSearch](https://github.com/sohlich/elogrus) | Hook for logging to ElasticSearch|
+| [Sumorus](https://github.com/doublefree/sumorus) | Hook for logging to [SumoLogic](https://www.sumologic.com/)|
+| [Scribe](https://github.com/sagar8192/logrus-scribe-hook) | Hook for logging to [Scribe](https://github.com/facebookarchive/scribe)|
+| [Logstash](https://github.com/bshuster-repo/logrus-logstash-hook) | Hook for logging to [Logstash](https://www.elastic.co/products/logstash) |
+| [logz.io](https://github.com/ripcurld00d/logrus-logzio-hook) | Hook for logging to [logz.io](https://logz.io), a Log as a Service using Logstash |
+| [Logmatic.io](https://github.com/logmatic/logmatic-go) | Hook for logging to [Logmatic.io](http://logmatic.io/) |
+| [Pushover](https://github.com/toorop/logrus_pushover) | Send error via [Pushover](https://pushover.net) |
+| [PostgreSQL](https://github.com/gemnasium/logrus-postgresql-hook) | Send logs to [PostgreSQL](http://postgresql.org) |
+| [Logentrus](https://github.com/puddingfactory/logentrus) | Hook for logging to [Logentries](https://logentries.com/) |
+
+
+#### Level logging
+
+Logrus has six logging levels: Debug, Info, Warning, Error, Fatal and Panic.
+
+```go
+log.Debug("Useful debugging information.")
+log.Info("Something noteworthy happened!")
+log.Warn("You should probably take a look at this.")
+log.Error("Something failed but I'm not quitting.")
+// Calls os.Exit(1) after logging
+log.Fatal("Bye.")
+// Calls panic() after logging
+log.Panic("I'm bailing.")
+```
+
+You can set the logging level on a `Logger`, then it will only log entries with
+that severity or anything above it:
+
+```go
+// Will log anything that is info or above (warn, error, fatal, panic). Default.
+log.SetLevel(log.InfoLevel)
+```
+
+It may be useful to set `log.Level = logrus.DebugLevel` in a debug or verbose
+environment if your application has that.
+
+#### Entries
+
+Besides the fields added with `WithField` or `WithFields` some fields are
+automatically added to all logging events:
+
+1. `time`. The timestamp when the entry was created.
+2. `msg`. The logging message passed to `{Info,Warn,Error,Fatal,Panic}` after
+ the `AddFields` call. E.g. `Failed to send event.`
+3. `level`. The logging level. E.g. `info`.
+
+#### Environments
+
+Logrus has no notion of environment.
+
+If you wish for hooks and formatters to only be used in specific environments,
+you should handle that yourself. For example, if your application has a global
+variable `Environment`, which is a string representation of the environment you
+could do:
+
+```go
+import (
+ log "github.com/Sirupsen/logrus"
+)
+
+init() {
+ // do something here to set environment depending on an environment variable
+ // or command-line flag
+ if Environment == "production" {
+ log.SetFormatter(&log.JSONFormatter{})
+ } else {
+ // The TextFormatter is default, you don't actually have to do this.
+ log.SetFormatter(&log.TextFormatter{})
+ }
+}
+```
+
+This configuration is how `logrus` was intended to be used, but JSON in
+production is mostly only useful if you do log aggregation with tools like
+Splunk or Logstash.
+
+#### Formatters
+
+The built-in logging formatters are:
+
+* `logrus.TextFormatter`. Logs the event in colors if stdout is a tty, otherwise
+ without colors.
+ * *Note:* to force colored output when there is no TTY, set the `ForceColors`
+ field to `true`. To force no colored output even if there is a TTY set the
+ `DisableColors` field to `true`
+* `logrus.JSONFormatter`. Logs fields as JSON.
+
+Third party logging formatters:
+
+* [`logstash`](https://github.com/bshuster-repo/logrus-logstash-hook). Logs fields as [Logstash](http://logstash.net) Events.
+* [`prefixed`](https://github.com/x-cray/logrus-prefixed-formatter). Displays log entry source along with alternative layout.
+* [`zalgo`](https://github.com/aybabtme/logzalgo). Invoking the P͉̫o̳̼̊w̖͈̰͎e̬͔̭͂r͚̼̹̲ ̫͓͉̳͈ō̠͕͖̚f̝͍̠ ͕̲̞͖͑Z̖̫̤̫ͪa͉̬͈̗l͖͎g̳̥o̰̥̅!̣͔̲̻͊̄ ̙̘̦̹̦.
+
+You can define your formatter by implementing the `Formatter` interface,
+requiring a `Format` method. `Format` takes an `*Entry`. `entry.Data` is a
+`Fields` type (`map[string]interface{}`) with all your fields as well as the
+default ones (see Entries section above):
+
+```go
+type MyJSONFormatter struct {
+}
+
+log.SetFormatter(new(MyJSONFormatter))
+
+func (f *MyJSONFormatter) Format(entry *Entry) ([]byte, error) {
+ // Note this doesn't include Time, Level and Message which are available on
+ // the Entry. Consult `godoc` on information about those fields or read the
+ // source of the official loggers.
+ serialized, err := json.Marshal(entry.Data)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to marshal fields to JSON, %v", err)
+ }
+ return append(serialized, '\n'), nil
+}
+```
+
+#### Logger as an `io.Writer`
+
+Logrus can be transformed into an `io.Writer`. That writer is the end of an `io.Pipe` and it is your responsibility to close it.
+
+```go
+w := logger.Writer()
+defer w.Close()
+
+srv := http.Server{
+ // create a stdlib log.Logger that writes to
+ // logrus.Logger.
+ ErrorLog: log.New(w, "", 0),
+}
+```
+
+Each line written to that writer will be printed the usual way, using formatters
+and hooks. The level for those entries is `info`.
+
+#### Rotation
+
+Log rotation is not provided with Logrus. Log rotation should be done by an
+external program (like `logrotate(8)`) that can compress and delete old log
+entries. It should not be a feature of the application-level logger.
+
+#### Tools
+
+| Tool | Description |
+| ---- | ----------- |
+|[Logrus Mate](https://github.com/gogap/logrus_mate)|Logrus mate is a tool for Logrus to manage loggers, you can initial logger's level, hook and formatter by config file, the logger will generated with different config at different environment.|
+|[Logrus Viper Helper](https://github.com/heirko/go-contrib/tree/master/logrusHelper)|An Helper arround Logrus to wrap with spf13/Viper to load configuration with fangs! And to simplify Logrus configuration use some behavior of [Logrus Mate](https://github.com/gogap/logrus_mate). [sample](https://github.com/heirko/iris-contrib/blob/master/middleware/logrus-logger/example) |
+
+#### Testing
+
+Logrus has a built in facility for asserting the presence of log messages. This is implemented through the `test` hook and provides:
+
+* decorators for existing logger (`test.NewLocal` and `test.NewGlobal`) which basically just add the `test` hook
+* a test logger (`test.NewNullLogger`) that just records log messages (and does not output any):
+
+```go
+logger, hook := NewNullLogger()
+logger.Error("Hello error")
+
+assert.Equal(1, len(hook.Entries))
+assert.Equal(logrus.ErrorLevel, hook.LastEntry().Level)
+assert.Equal("Hello error", hook.LastEntry().Message)
+
+hook.Reset()
+assert.Nil(hook.LastEntry())
+```
+
+#### Fatal handlers
+
+Logrus can register one or more functions that will be called when any `fatal`
+level message is logged. The registered handlers will be executed before
+logrus performs a `os.Exit(1)`. This behavior may be helpful if callers need
+to gracefully shutdown. Unlike a `panic("Something went wrong...")` call which can be intercepted with a deferred `recover` a call to `os.Exit(1)` can not be intercepted.
+
+```
+...
+handler := func() {
+ // gracefully shutdown something...
+}
+logrus.RegisterExitHandler(handler)
+...
+```
+
+#### Thread safety
+
+By default Logger is protected by mutex for concurrent writes, this mutex is invoked when calling hooks and writing logs.
+If you are sure such locking is not needed, you can call logger.SetNoLock() to disable the locking.
+
+Situation when locking is not needed includes:
+
+* You have no hooks registered, or hooks calling is already thread-safe.
+
+* Writing to logger.Out is already thread-safe, for example:
+
+ 1) logger.Out is protected by locks.
+
+ 2) logger.Out is a os.File handler opened with `O_APPEND` flag, and every write is smaller than 4k. (This allow multi-thread/multi-process writing)
+
+ (Refer to http://www.notthewizard.com/2014/06/17/are-files-appends-really-atomic/)
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/alt_exit.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/alt_exit.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4c9e84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/alt_exit.go
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+package logrus
+
+// The following code was sourced and modified from the
+// https://bitbucket.org/tebeka/atexit package governed by the following license:
+//
+// Copyright (c) 2012 Miki Tebeka <miki.tebeka@gmail.com>.
+//
+// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+// this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+// the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+// use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+// the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+// subject to the following conditions:
+//
+// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+//
+// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+// FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+// IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+// CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "os"
+)
+
+var handlers = []func(){}
+
+func runHandler(handler func()) {
+ defer func() {
+ if err := recover(); err != nil {
+ fmt.Fprintln(os.Stderr, "Error: Logrus exit handler error:", err)
+ }
+ }()
+
+ handler()
+}
+
+func runHandlers() {
+ for _, handler := range handlers {
+ runHandler(handler)
+ }
+}
+
+// Exit runs all the Logrus atexit handlers and then terminates the program using os.Exit(code)
+func Exit(code int) {
+ runHandlers()
+ os.Exit(code)
+}
+
+// RegisterExitHandler adds a Logrus Exit handler, call logrus.Exit to invoke
+// all handlers. The handlers will also be invoked when any Fatal log entry is
+// made.
+//
+// This method is useful when a caller wishes to use logrus to log a fatal
+// message but also needs to gracefully shutdown. An example usecase could be
+// closing database connections, or sending a alert that the application is
+// closing.
+func RegisterExitHandler(handler func()) {
+ handlers = append(handlers, handler)
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/doc.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/doc.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dddd5f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/doc.go
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*
+Package logrus is a structured logger for Go, completely API compatible with the standard library logger.
+
+
+The simplest way to use Logrus is simply the package-level exported logger:
+
+ package main
+
+ import (
+ log "github.com/Sirupsen/logrus"
+ )
+
+ func main() {
+ log.WithFields(log.Fields{
+ "animal": "walrus",
+ "number": 1,
+ "size": 10,
+ }).Info("A walrus appears")
+ }
+
+Output:
+ time="2015-09-07T08:48:33Z" level=info msg="A walrus appears" animal=walrus number=1 size=10
+
+For a full guide visit https://github.com/Sirupsen/logrus
+*/
+package logrus
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/entry.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/entry.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4edbe7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/entry.go
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+package logrus
+
+import (
+ "bytes"
+ "fmt"
+ "os"
+ "sync"
+ "time"
+)
+
+var bufferPool *sync.Pool
+
+func init() {
+ bufferPool = &sync.Pool{
+ New: func() interface{} {
+ return new(bytes.Buffer)
+ },
+ }
+}
+
+// Defines the key when adding errors using WithError.
+var ErrorKey = "error"
+
+// An entry is the final or intermediate Logrus logging entry. It contains all
+// the fields passed with WithField{,s}. It's finally logged when Debug, Info,
+// Warn, Error, Fatal or Panic is called on it. These objects can be reused and
+// passed around as much as you wish to avoid field duplication.
+type Entry struct {
+ Logger *Logger
+
+ // Contains all the fields set by the user.
+ Data Fields
+
+ // Time at which the log entry was created
+ Time time.Time
+
+ // Level the log entry was logged at: Debug, Info, Warn, Error, Fatal or Panic
+ Level Level
+
+ // Message passed to Debug, Info, Warn, Error, Fatal or Panic
+ Message string
+
+ // When formatter is called in entry.log(), an Buffer may be set to entry
+ Buffer *bytes.Buffer
+}
+
+func NewEntry(logger *Logger) *Entry {
+ return &Entry{
+ Logger: logger,
+ // Default is three fields, give a little extra room
+ Data: make(Fields, 5),
+ }
+}
+
+// Returns the string representation from the reader and ultimately the
+// formatter.
+func (entry *Entry) String() (string, error) {
+ serialized, err := entry.Logger.Formatter.Format(entry)
+ if err != nil {
+ return "", err
+ }
+ str := string(serialized)
+ return str, nil
+}
+
+// Add an error as single field (using the key defined in ErrorKey) to the Entry.
+func (entry *Entry) WithError(err error) *Entry {
+ return entry.WithField(ErrorKey, err)
+}
+
+// Add a single field to the Entry.
+func (entry *Entry) WithField(key string, value interface{}) *Entry {
+ return entry.WithFields(Fields{key: value})
+}
+
+// Add a map of fields to the Entry.
+func (entry *Entry) WithFields(fields Fields) *Entry {
+ data := make(Fields, len(entry.Data)+len(fields))
+ for k, v := range entry.Data {
+ data[k] = v
+ }
+ for k, v := range fields {
+ data[k] = v
+ }
+ return &Entry{Logger: entry.Logger, Data: data}
+}
+
+// This function is not declared with a pointer value because otherwise
+// race conditions will occur when using multiple goroutines
+func (entry Entry) log(level Level, msg string) {
+ var buffer *bytes.Buffer
+ entry.Time = time.Now()
+ entry.Level = level
+ entry.Message = msg
+
+ if err := entry.Logger.Hooks.Fire(level, &entry); err != nil {
+ entry.Logger.mu.Lock()
+ fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Failed to fire hook: %v\n", err)
+ entry.Logger.mu.Unlock()
+ }
+ buffer = bufferPool.Get().(*bytes.Buffer)
+ buffer.Reset()
+ defer bufferPool.Put(buffer)
+ entry.Buffer = buffer
+ serialized, err := entry.Logger.Formatter.Format(&entry)
+ entry.Buffer = nil
+ if err != nil {
+ entry.Logger.mu.Lock()
+ fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Failed to obtain reader, %v\n", err)
+ entry.Logger.mu.Unlock()
+ } else {
+ entry.Logger.mu.Lock()
+ _, err = entry.Logger.Out.Write(serialized)
+ if err != nil {
+ fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Failed to write to log, %v\n", err)
+ }
+ entry.Logger.mu.Unlock()
+ }
+
+ // To avoid Entry#log() returning a value that only would make sense for
+ // panic() to use in Entry#Panic(), we avoid the allocation by checking
+ // directly here.
+ if level <= PanicLevel {
+ panic(&entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Debug(args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= DebugLevel {
+ entry.log(DebugLevel, fmt.Sprint(args...))
+ }
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Print(args ...interface{}) {
+ entry.Info(args...)
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Info(args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= InfoLevel {
+ entry.log(InfoLevel, fmt.Sprint(args...))
+ }
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Warn(args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= WarnLevel {
+ entry.log(WarnLevel, fmt.Sprint(args...))
+ }
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Warning(args ...interface{}) {
+ entry.Warn(args...)
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Error(args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= ErrorLevel {
+ entry.log(ErrorLevel, fmt.Sprint(args...))
+ }
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Fatal(args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= FatalLevel {
+ entry.log(FatalLevel, fmt.Sprint(args...))
+ }
+ Exit(1)
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Panic(args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= PanicLevel {
+ entry.log(PanicLevel, fmt.Sprint(args...))
+ }
+ panic(fmt.Sprint(args...))
+}
+
+// Entry Printf family functions
+
+func (entry *Entry) Debugf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= DebugLevel {
+ entry.Debug(fmt.Sprintf(format, args...))
+ }
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Infof(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= InfoLevel {
+ entry.Info(fmt.Sprintf(format, args...))
+ }
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Printf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ entry.Infof(format, args...)
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Warnf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= WarnLevel {
+ entry.Warn(fmt.Sprintf(format, args...))
+ }
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Warningf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ entry.Warnf(format, args...)
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Errorf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= ErrorLevel {
+ entry.Error(fmt.Sprintf(format, args...))
+ }
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Fatalf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= FatalLevel {
+ entry.Fatal(fmt.Sprintf(format, args...))
+ }
+ Exit(1)
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Panicf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= PanicLevel {
+ entry.Panic(fmt.Sprintf(format, args...))
+ }
+}
+
+// Entry Println family functions
+
+func (entry *Entry) Debugln(args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= DebugLevel {
+ entry.Debug(entry.sprintlnn(args...))
+ }
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Infoln(args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= InfoLevel {
+ entry.Info(entry.sprintlnn(args...))
+ }
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Println(args ...interface{}) {
+ entry.Infoln(args...)
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Warnln(args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= WarnLevel {
+ entry.Warn(entry.sprintlnn(args...))
+ }
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Warningln(args ...interface{}) {
+ entry.Warnln(args...)
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Errorln(args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= ErrorLevel {
+ entry.Error(entry.sprintlnn(args...))
+ }
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Fatalln(args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= FatalLevel {
+ entry.Fatal(entry.sprintlnn(args...))
+ }
+ Exit(1)
+}
+
+func (entry *Entry) Panicln(args ...interface{}) {
+ if entry.Logger.Level >= PanicLevel {
+ entry.Panic(entry.sprintlnn(args...))
+ }
+}
+
+// Sprintlnn => Sprint no newline. This is to get the behavior of how
+// fmt.Sprintln where spaces are always added between operands, regardless of
+// their type. Instead of vendoring the Sprintln implementation to spare a
+// string allocation, we do the simplest thing.
+func (entry *Entry) sprintlnn(args ...interface{}) string {
+ msg := fmt.Sprintln(args...)
+ return msg[:len(msg)-1]
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/exported.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/exported.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a0120a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/exported.go
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+package logrus
+
+import (
+ "io"
+)
+
+var (
+ // std is the name of the standard logger in stdlib `log`
+ std = New()
+)
+
+func StandardLogger() *Logger {
+ return std
+}
+
+// SetOutput sets the standard logger output.
+func SetOutput(out io.Writer) {
+ std.mu.Lock()
+ defer std.mu.Unlock()
+ std.Out = out
+}
+
+// SetFormatter sets the standard logger formatter.
+func SetFormatter(formatter Formatter) {
+ std.mu.Lock()
+ defer std.mu.Unlock()
+ std.Formatter = formatter
+}
+
+// SetLevel sets the standard logger level.
+func SetLevel(level Level) {
+ std.mu.Lock()
+ defer std.mu.Unlock()
+ std.Level = level
+}
+
+// GetLevel returns the standard logger level.
+func GetLevel() Level {
+ std.mu.Lock()
+ defer std.mu.Unlock()
+ return std.Level
+}
+
+// AddHook adds a hook to the standard logger hooks.
+func AddHook(hook Hook) {
+ std.mu.Lock()
+ defer std.mu.Unlock()
+ std.Hooks.Add(hook)
+}
+
+// WithError creates an entry from the standard logger and adds an error to it, using the value defined in ErrorKey as key.
+func WithError(err error) *Entry {
+ return std.WithField(ErrorKey, err)
+}
+
+// WithField creates an entry from the standard logger and adds a field to
+// it. If you want multiple fields, use `WithFields`.
+//
+// Note that it doesn't log until you call Debug, Print, Info, Warn, Fatal
+// or Panic on the Entry it returns.
+func WithField(key string, value interface{}) *Entry {
+ return std.WithField(key, value)
+}
+
+// WithFields creates an entry from the standard logger and adds multiple
+// fields to it. This is simply a helper for `WithField`, invoking it
+// once for each field.
+//
+// Note that it doesn't log until you call Debug, Print, Info, Warn, Fatal
+// or Panic on the Entry it returns.
+func WithFields(fields Fields) *Entry {
+ return std.WithFields(fields)
+}
+
+// Debug logs a message at level Debug on the standard logger.
+func Debug(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Debug(args...)
+}
+
+// Print logs a message at level Info on the standard logger.
+func Print(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Print(args...)
+}
+
+// Info logs a message at level Info on the standard logger.
+func Info(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Info(args...)
+}
+
+// Warn logs a message at level Warn on the standard logger.
+func Warn(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Warn(args...)
+}
+
+// Warning logs a message at level Warn on the standard logger.
+func Warning(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Warning(args...)
+}
+
+// Error logs a message at level Error on the standard logger.
+func Error(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Error(args...)
+}
+
+// Panic logs a message at level Panic on the standard logger.
+func Panic(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Panic(args...)
+}
+
+// Fatal logs a message at level Fatal on the standard logger.
+func Fatal(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Fatal(args...)
+}
+
+// Debugf logs a message at level Debug on the standard logger.
+func Debugf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Debugf(format, args...)
+}
+
+// Printf logs a message at level Info on the standard logger.
+func Printf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Printf(format, args...)
+}
+
+// Infof logs a message at level Info on the standard logger.
+func Infof(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Infof(format, args...)
+}
+
+// Warnf logs a message at level Warn on the standard logger.
+func Warnf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Warnf(format, args...)
+}
+
+// Warningf logs a message at level Warn on the standard logger.
+func Warningf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Warningf(format, args...)
+}
+
+// Errorf logs a message at level Error on the standard logger.
+func Errorf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Errorf(format, args...)
+}
+
+// Panicf logs a message at level Panic on the standard logger.
+func Panicf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Panicf(format, args...)
+}
+
+// Fatalf logs a message at level Fatal on the standard logger.
+func Fatalf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Fatalf(format, args...)
+}
+
+// Debugln logs a message at level Debug on the standard logger.
+func Debugln(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Debugln(args...)
+}
+
+// Println logs a message at level Info on the standard logger.
+func Println(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Println(args...)
+}
+
+// Infoln logs a message at level Info on the standard logger.
+func Infoln(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Infoln(args...)
+}
+
+// Warnln logs a message at level Warn on the standard logger.
+func Warnln(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Warnln(args...)
+}
+
+// Warningln logs a message at level Warn on the standard logger.
+func Warningln(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Warningln(args...)
+}
+
+// Errorln logs a message at level Error on the standard logger.
+func Errorln(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Errorln(args...)
+}
+
+// Panicln logs a message at level Panic on the standard logger.
+func Panicln(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Panicln(args...)
+}
+
+// Fatalln logs a message at level Fatal on the standard logger.
+func Fatalln(args ...interface{}) {
+ std.Fatalln(args...)
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/formatter.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/formatter.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5fbe93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/formatter.go
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+package logrus
+
+import "time"
+
+const DefaultTimestampFormat = time.RFC3339
+
+// The Formatter interface is used to implement a custom Formatter. It takes an
+// `Entry`. It exposes all the fields, including the default ones:
+//
+// * `entry.Data["msg"]`. The message passed from Info, Warn, Error ..
+// * `entry.Data["time"]`. The timestamp.
+// * `entry.Data["level"]. The level the entry was logged at.
+//
+// Any additional fields added with `WithField` or `WithFields` are also in
+// `entry.Data`. Format is expected to return an array of bytes which are then
+// logged to `logger.Out`.
+type Formatter interface {
+ Format(*Entry) ([]byte, error)
+}
+
+// This is to not silently overwrite `time`, `msg` and `level` fields when
+// dumping it. If this code wasn't there doing:
+//
+// logrus.WithField("level", 1).Info("hello")
+//
+// Would just silently drop the user provided level. Instead with this code
+// it'll logged as:
+//
+// {"level": "info", "fields.level": 1, "msg": "hello", "time": "..."}
+//
+// It's not exported because it's still using Data in an opinionated way. It's to
+// avoid code duplication between the two default formatters.
+func prefixFieldClashes(data Fields) {
+ if t, ok := data["time"]; ok {
+ data["fields.time"] = t
+ }
+
+ if m, ok := data["msg"]; ok {
+ data["fields.msg"] = m
+ }
+
+ if l, ok := data["level"]; ok {
+ data["fields.level"] = l
+ }
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/hooks.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/hooks.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f151cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/hooks.go
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+package logrus
+
+// A hook to be fired when logging on the logging levels returned from
+// `Levels()` on your implementation of the interface. Note that this is not
+// fired in a goroutine or a channel with workers, you should handle such
+// functionality yourself if your call is non-blocking and you don't wish for
+// the logging calls for levels returned from `Levels()` to block.
+type Hook interface {
+ Levels() []Level
+ Fire(*Entry) error
+}
+
+// Internal type for storing the hooks on a logger instance.
+type LevelHooks map[Level][]Hook
+
+// Add a hook to an instance of logger. This is called with
+// `log.Hooks.Add(new(MyHook))` where `MyHook` implements the `Hook` interface.
+func (hooks LevelHooks) Add(hook Hook) {
+ for _, level := range hook.Levels() {
+ hooks[level] = append(hooks[level], hook)
+ }
+}
+
+// Fire all the hooks for the passed level. Used by `entry.log` to fire
+// appropriate hooks for a log entry.
+func (hooks LevelHooks) Fire(level Level, entry *Entry) error {
+ for _, hook := range hooks[level] {
+ if err := hook.Fire(entry); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ }
+
+ return nil
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/json_formatter.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/json_formatter.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..266554e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/json_formatter.go
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+package logrus
+
+import (
+ "encoding/json"
+ "fmt"
+)
+
+type fieldKey string
+type FieldMap map[fieldKey]string
+
+const (
+ FieldKeyMsg = "msg"
+ FieldKeyLevel = "level"
+ FieldKeyTime = "time"
+)
+
+func (f FieldMap) resolve(key fieldKey) string {
+ if k, ok := f[key]; ok {
+ return k
+ }
+
+ return string(key)
+}
+
+type JSONFormatter struct {
+ // TimestampFormat sets the format used for marshaling timestamps.
+ TimestampFormat string
+
+ // DisableTimestamp allows disabling automatic timestamps in output
+ DisableTimestamp bool
+
+ // FieldMap allows users to customize the names of keys for various fields.
+ // As an example:
+ // formatter := &JSONFormatter{
+ // FieldMap: FieldMap{
+ // FieldKeyTime: "@timestamp",
+ // FieldKeyLevel: "@level",
+ // FieldKeyLevel: "@message",
+ // },
+ // }
+ FieldMap FieldMap
+}
+
+func (f *JSONFormatter) Format(entry *Entry) ([]byte, error) {
+ data := make(Fields, len(entry.Data)+3)
+ for k, v := range entry.Data {
+ switch v := v.(type) {
+ case error:
+ // Otherwise errors are ignored by `encoding/json`
+ // https://github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/issues/137
+ data[k] = v.Error()
+ default:
+ data[k] = v
+ }
+ }
+ prefixFieldClashes(data)
+
+ timestampFormat := f.TimestampFormat
+ if timestampFormat == "" {
+ timestampFormat = DefaultTimestampFormat
+ }
+
+ if !f.DisableTimestamp {
+ data[f.FieldMap.resolve(FieldKeyTime)] = entry.Time.Format(timestampFormat)
+ }
+ data[f.FieldMap.resolve(FieldKeyMsg)] = entry.Message
+ data[f.FieldMap.resolve(FieldKeyLevel)] = entry.Level.String()
+
+ serialized, err := json.Marshal(data)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to marshal fields to JSON, %v", err)
+ }
+ return append(serialized, '\n'), nil
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/logger.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/logger.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b769f3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/logger.go
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+package logrus
+
+import (
+ "io"
+ "os"
+ "sync"
+)
+
+type Logger struct {
+ // The logs are `io.Copy`'d to this in a mutex. It's common to set this to a
+ // file, or leave it default which is `os.Stderr`. You can also set this to
+ // something more adventorous, such as logging to Kafka.
+ Out io.Writer
+ // Hooks for the logger instance. These allow firing events based on logging
+ // levels and log entries. For example, to send errors to an error tracking
+ // service, log to StatsD or dump the core on fatal errors.
+ Hooks LevelHooks
+ // All log entries pass through the formatter before logged to Out. The
+ // included formatters are `TextFormatter` and `JSONFormatter` for which
+ // TextFormatter is the default. In development (when a TTY is attached) it
+ // logs with colors, but to a file it wouldn't. You can easily implement your
+ // own that implements the `Formatter` interface, see the `README` or included
+ // formatters for examples.
+ Formatter Formatter
+ // The logging level the logger should log at. This is typically (and defaults
+ // to) `logrus.Info`, which allows Info(), Warn(), Error() and Fatal() to be
+ // logged. `logrus.Debug` is useful in
+ Level Level
+ // Used to sync writing to the log. Locking is enabled by Default
+ mu MutexWrap
+ // Reusable empty entry
+ entryPool sync.Pool
+}
+
+type MutexWrap struct {
+ lock sync.Mutex
+ disabled bool
+}
+
+func (mw *MutexWrap) Lock() {
+ if !mw.disabled {
+ mw.lock.Lock()
+ }
+}
+
+func (mw *MutexWrap) Unlock() {
+ if !mw.disabled {
+ mw.lock.Unlock()
+ }
+}
+
+func (mw *MutexWrap) Disable() {
+ mw.disabled = true
+}
+
+// Creates a new logger. Configuration should be set by changing `Formatter`,
+// `Out` and `Hooks` directly on the default logger instance. You can also just
+// instantiate your own:
+//
+// var log = &Logger{
+// Out: os.Stderr,
+// Formatter: new(JSONFormatter),
+// Hooks: make(LevelHooks),
+// Level: logrus.DebugLevel,
+// }
+//
+// It's recommended to make this a global instance called `log`.
+func New() *Logger {
+ return &Logger{
+ Out: os.Stderr,
+ Formatter: new(TextFormatter),
+ Hooks: make(LevelHooks),
+ Level: InfoLevel,
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) newEntry() *Entry {
+ entry, ok := logger.entryPool.Get().(*Entry)
+ if ok {
+ return entry
+ }
+ return NewEntry(logger)
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) releaseEntry(entry *Entry) {
+ logger.entryPool.Put(entry)
+}
+
+// Adds a field to the log entry, note that it doesn't log until you call
+// Debug, Print, Info, Warn, Fatal or Panic. It only creates a log entry.
+// If you want multiple fields, use `WithFields`.
+func (logger *Logger) WithField(key string, value interface{}) *Entry {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ defer logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ return entry.WithField(key, value)
+}
+
+// Adds a struct of fields to the log entry. All it does is call `WithField` for
+// each `Field`.
+func (logger *Logger) WithFields(fields Fields) *Entry {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ defer logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ return entry.WithFields(fields)
+}
+
+// Add an error as single field to the log entry. All it does is call
+// `WithError` for the given `error`.
+func (logger *Logger) WithError(err error) *Entry {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ defer logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ return entry.WithError(err)
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Debugf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= DebugLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Debugf(format, args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Infof(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= InfoLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Infof(format, args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Printf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Printf(format, args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Warnf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= WarnLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Warnf(format, args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Warningf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= WarnLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Warnf(format, args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Errorf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= ErrorLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Errorf(format, args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Fatalf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= FatalLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Fatalf(format, args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+ Exit(1)
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Panicf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= PanicLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Panicf(format, args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Debug(args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= DebugLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Debug(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Info(args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= InfoLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Info(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Print(args ...interface{}) {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Info(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Warn(args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= WarnLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Warn(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Warning(args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= WarnLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Warn(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Error(args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= ErrorLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Error(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Fatal(args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= FatalLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Fatal(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+ Exit(1)
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Panic(args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= PanicLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Panic(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Debugln(args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= DebugLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Debugln(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Infoln(args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= InfoLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Infoln(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Println(args ...interface{}) {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Println(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Warnln(args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= WarnLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Warnln(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Warningln(args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= WarnLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Warnln(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Errorln(args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= ErrorLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Errorln(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Fatalln(args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= FatalLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Fatalln(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+ Exit(1)
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) Panicln(args ...interface{}) {
+ if logger.Level >= PanicLevel {
+ entry := logger.newEntry()
+ entry.Panicln(args...)
+ logger.releaseEntry(entry)
+ }
+}
+
+//When file is opened with appending mode, it's safe to
+//write concurrently to a file (within 4k message on Linux).
+//In these cases user can choose to disable the lock.
+func (logger *Logger) SetNoLock() {
+ logger.mu.Disable()
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/logrus.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/logrus.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e596691
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/logrus.go
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+package logrus
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "log"
+ "strings"
+)
+
+// Fields type, used to pass to `WithFields`.
+type Fields map[string]interface{}
+
+// Level type
+type Level uint8
+
+// Convert the Level to a string. E.g. PanicLevel becomes "panic".
+func (level Level) String() string {
+ switch level {
+ case DebugLevel:
+ return "debug"
+ case InfoLevel:
+ return "info"
+ case WarnLevel:
+ return "warning"
+ case ErrorLevel:
+ return "error"
+ case FatalLevel:
+ return "fatal"
+ case PanicLevel:
+ return "panic"
+ }
+
+ return "unknown"
+}
+
+// ParseLevel takes a string level and returns the Logrus log level constant.
+func ParseLevel(lvl string) (Level, error) {
+ switch strings.ToLower(lvl) {
+ case "panic":
+ return PanicLevel, nil
+ case "fatal":
+ return FatalLevel, nil
+ case "error":
+ return ErrorLevel, nil
+ case "warn", "warning":
+ return WarnLevel, nil
+ case "info":
+ return InfoLevel, nil
+ case "debug":
+ return DebugLevel, nil
+ }
+
+ var l Level
+ return l, fmt.Errorf("not a valid logrus Level: %q", lvl)
+}
+
+// A constant exposing all logging levels
+var AllLevels = []Level{
+ PanicLevel,
+ FatalLevel,
+ ErrorLevel,
+ WarnLevel,
+ InfoLevel,
+ DebugLevel,
+}
+
+// These are the different logging levels. You can set the logging level to log
+// on your instance of logger, obtained with `logrus.New()`.
+const (
+ // PanicLevel level, highest level of severity. Logs and then calls panic with the
+ // message passed to Debug, Info, ...
+ PanicLevel Level = iota
+ // FatalLevel level. Logs and then calls `os.Exit(1)`. It will exit even if the
+ // logging level is set to Panic.
+ FatalLevel
+ // ErrorLevel level. Logs. Used for errors that should definitely be noted.
+ // Commonly used for hooks to send errors to an error tracking service.
+ ErrorLevel
+ // WarnLevel level. Non-critical entries that deserve eyes.
+ WarnLevel
+ // InfoLevel level. General operational entries about what's going on inside the
+ // application.
+ InfoLevel
+ // DebugLevel level. Usually only enabled when debugging. Very verbose logging.
+ DebugLevel
+)
+
+// Won't compile if StdLogger can't be realized by a log.Logger
+var (
+ _ StdLogger = &log.Logger{}
+ _ StdLogger = &Entry{}
+ _ StdLogger = &Logger{}
+)
+
+// StdLogger is what your logrus-enabled library should take, that way
+// it'll accept a stdlib logger and a logrus logger. There's no standard
+// interface, this is the closest we get, unfortunately.
+type StdLogger interface {
+ Print(...interface{})
+ Printf(string, ...interface{})
+ Println(...interface{})
+
+ Fatal(...interface{})
+ Fatalf(string, ...interface{})
+ Fatalln(...interface{})
+
+ Panic(...interface{})
+ Panicf(string, ...interface{})
+ Panicln(...interface{})
+}
+
+// The FieldLogger interface generalizes the Entry and Logger types
+type FieldLogger interface {
+ WithField(key string, value interface{}) *Entry
+ WithFields(fields Fields) *Entry
+ WithError(err error) *Entry
+
+ Debugf(format string, args ...interface{})
+ Infof(format string, args ...interface{})
+ Printf(format string, args ...interface{})
+ Warnf(format string, args ...interface{})
+ Warningf(format string, args ...interface{})
+ Errorf(format string, args ...interface{})
+ Fatalf(format string, args ...interface{})
+ Panicf(format string, args ...interface{})
+
+ Debug(args ...interface{})
+ Info(args ...interface{})
+ Print(args ...interface{})
+ Warn(args ...interface{})
+ Warning(args ...interface{})
+ Error(args ...interface{})
+ Fatal(args ...interface{})
+ Panic(args ...interface{})
+
+ Debugln(args ...interface{})
+ Infoln(args ...interface{})
+ Println(args ...interface{})
+ Warnln(args ...interface{})
+ Warningln(args ...interface{})
+ Errorln(args ...interface{})
+ Fatalln(args ...interface{})
+ Panicln(args ...interface{})
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_appengine.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_appengine.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1960169
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_appengine.go
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+// +build appengine
+
+package logrus
+
+// IsTerminal returns true if stderr's file descriptor is a terminal.
+func IsTerminal() bool {
+ return true
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_bsd.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_bsd.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f6be4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_bsd.go
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+// +build darwin freebsd openbsd netbsd dragonfly
+// +build !appengine
+
+package logrus
+
+import "syscall"
+
+const ioctlReadTermios = syscall.TIOCGETA
+
+type Termios syscall.Termios
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_linux.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_linux.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..308160c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_linux.go
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+// Based on ssh/terminal:
+// Copyright 2013 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// +build !appengine
+
+package logrus
+
+import "syscall"
+
+const ioctlReadTermios = syscall.TCGETS
+
+type Termios syscall.Termios
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_notwindows.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_notwindows.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..329038f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_notwindows.go
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+// Based on ssh/terminal:
+// Copyright 2011 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// +build linux darwin freebsd openbsd netbsd dragonfly
+// +build !appengine
+
+package logrus
+
+import (
+ "syscall"
+ "unsafe"
+)
+
+// IsTerminal returns true if stderr's file descriptor is a terminal.
+func IsTerminal() bool {
+ fd := syscall.Stderr
+ var termios Termios
+ _, _, err := syscall.Syscall6(syscall.SYS_IOCTL, uintptr(fd), ioctlReadTermios, uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&termios)), 0, 0, 0)
+ return err == 0
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_solaris.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_solaris.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3c6f6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_solaris.go
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+// +build solaris,!appengine
+
+package logrus
+
+import (
+ "os"
+
+ "golang.org/x/sys/unix"
+)
+
+// IsTerminal returns true if the given file descriptor is a terminal.
+func IsTerminal() bool {
+ _, err := unix.IoctlGetTermios(int(os.Stdout.Fd()), unix.TCGETA)
+ return err == nil
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_windows.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_windows.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3727e8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/terminal_windows.go
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+// Based on ssh/terminal:
+// Copyright 2011 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+// +build windows,!appengine
+
+package logrus
+
+import (
+ "syscall"
+ "unsafe"
+)
+
+var kernel32 = syscall.NewLazyDLL("kernel32.dll")
+
+var (
+ procGetConsoleMode = kernel32.NewProc("GetConsoleMode")
+)
+
+// IsTerminal returns true if stderr's file descriptor is a terminal.
+func IsTerminal() bool {
+ fd := syscall.Stderr
+ var st uint32
+ r, _, e := syscall.Syscall(procGetConsoleMode.Addr(), 2, uintptr(fd), uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&st)), 0)
+ return r != 0 && e == 0
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/text_formatter.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/text_formatter.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..076de5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/text_formatter.go
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+package logrus
+
+import (
+ "bytes"
+ "fmt"
+ "runtime"
+ "sort"
+ "strings"
+ "time"
+)
+
+const (
+ nocolor = 0
+ red = 31
+ green = 32
+ yellow = 33
+ blue = 34
+ gray = 37
+)
+
+var (
+ baseTimestamp time.Time
+ isTerminal bool
+)
+
+func init() {
+ baseTimestamp = time.Now()
+ isTerminal = IsTerminal()
+}
+
+type TextFormatter struct {
+ // Set to true to bypass checking for a TTY before outputting colors.
+ ForceColors bool
+
+ // Force disabling colors.
+ DisableColors bool
+
+ // Disable timestamp logging. useful when output is redirected to logging
+ // system that already adds timestamps.
+ DisableTimestamp bool
+
+ // Enable logging the full timestamp when a TTY is attached instead of just
+ // the time passed since beginning of execution.
+ FullTimestamp bool
+
+ // TimestampFormat to use for display when a full timestamp is printed
+ TimestampFormat string
+
+ // The fields are sorted by default for a consistent output. For applications
+ // that log extremely frequently and don't use the JSON formatter this may not
+ // be desired.
+ DisableSorting bool
+}
+
+func (f *TextFormatter) Format(entry *Entry) ([]byte, error) {
+ var b *bytes.Buffer
+ keys := make([]string, 0, len(entry.Data))
+ for k := range entry.Data {
+ keys = append(keys, k)
+ }
+
+ if !f.DisableSorting {
+ sort.Strings(keys)
+ }
+ if entry.Buffer != nil {
+ b = entry.Buffer
+ } else {
+ b = &bytes.Buffer{}
+ }
+
+ prefixFieldClashes(entry.Data)
+
+ isColorTerminal := isTerminal && (runtime.GOOS != "windows")
+ isColored := (f.ForceColors || isColorTerminal) && !f.DisableColors
+
+ timestampFormat := f.TimestampFormat
+ if timestampFormat == "" {
+ timestampFormat = DefaultTimestampFormat
+ }
+ if isColored {
+ f.printColored(b, entry, keys, timestampFormat)
+ } else {
+ if !f.DisableTimestamp {
+ f.appendKeyValue(b, "time", entry.Time.Format(timestampFormat))
+ }
+ f.appendKeyValue(b, "level", entry.Level.String())
+ if entry.Message != "" {
+ f.appendKeyValue(b, "msg", entry.Message)
+ }
+ for _, key := range keys {
+ f.appendKeyValue(b, key, entry.Data[key])
+ }
+ }
+
+ b.WriteByte('\n')
+ return b.Bytes(), nil
+}
+
+func (f *TextFormatter) printColored(b *bytes.Buffer, entry *Entry, keys []string, timestampFormat string) {
+ var levelColor int
+ switch entry.Level {
+ case DebugLevel:
+ levelColor = gray
+ case WarnLevel:
+ levelColor = yellow
+ case ErrorLevel, FatalLevel, PanicLevel:
+ levelColor = red
+ default:
+ levelColor = blue
+ }
+
+ levelText := strings.ToUpper(entry.Level.String())[0:4]
+
+ if f.DisableTimestamp {
+ fmt.Fprintf(b, "\x1b[%dm%s\x1b[0m %-44s ", levelColor, levelText, entry.Message)
+ } else if !f.FullTimestamp {
+ fmt.Fprintf(b, "\x1b[%dm%s\x1b[0m[%04d] %-44s ", levelColor, levelText, int(entry.Time.Sub(baseTimestamp)/time.Second), entry.Message)
+ } else {
+ fmt.Fprintf(b, "\x1b[%dm%s\x1b[0m[%s] %-44s ", levelColor, levelText, entry.Time.Format(timestampFormat), entry.Message)
+ }
+ for _, k := range keys {
+ v := entry.Data[k]
+ fmt.Fprintf(b, " \x1b[%dm%s\x1b[0m=", levelColor, k)
+ f.appendValue(b, v)
+ }
+}
+
+func needsQuoting(text string) bool {
+ for _, ch := range text {
+ if !((ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'z') ||
+ (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z') ||
+ (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') ||
+ ch == '-' || ch == '.') {
+ return true
+ }
+ }
+ return false
+}
+
+func (f *TextFormatter) appendKeyValue(b *bytes.Buffer, key string, value interface{}) {
+
+ b.WriteString(key)
+ b.WriteByte('=')
+ f.appendValue(b, value)
+ b.WriteByte(' ')
+}
+
+func (f *TextFormatter) appendValue(b *bytes.Buffer, value interface{}) {
+ switch value := value.(type) {
+ case string:
+ if !needsQuoting(value) {
+ b.WriteString(value)
+ } else {
+ fmt.Fprintf(b, "%q", value)
+ }
+ case error:
+ errmsg := value.Error()
+ if !needsQuoting(errmsg) {
+ b.WriteString(errmsg)
+ } else {
+ fmt.Fprintf(b, "%q", errmsg)
+ }
+ default:
+ fmt.Fprint(b, value)
+ }
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/writer.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/writer.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f74d2aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/Sirupsen/logrus/writer.go
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+package logrus
+
+import (
+ "bufio"
+ "io"
+ "runtime"
+)
+
+func (logger *Logger) Writer() *io.PipeWriter {
+ return logger.WriterLevel(InfoLevel)
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) WriterLevel(level Level) *io.PipeWriter {
+ reader, writer := io.Pipe()
+
+ var printFunc func(args ...interface{})
+ switch level {
+ case DebugLevel:
+ printFunc = logger.Debug
+ case InfoLevel:
+ printFunc = logger.Info
+ case WarnLevel:
+ printFunc = logger.Warn
+ case ErrorLevel:
+ printFunc = logger.Error
+ case FatalLevel:
+ printFunc = logger.Fatal
+ case PanicLevel:
+ printFunc = logger.Panic
+ default:
+ printFunc = logger.Print
+ }
+
+ go logger.writerScanner(reader, printFunc)
+ runtime.SetFinalizer(writer, writerFinalizer)
+
+ return writer
+}
+
+func (logger *Logger) writerScanner(reader *io.PipeReader, printFunc func(args ...interface{})) {
+ scanner := bufio.NewScanner(reader)
+ for scanner.Scan() {
+ printFunc(scanner.Text())
+ }
+ if err := scanner.Err(); err != nil {
+ logger.Errorf("Error while reading from Writer: %s", err)
+ }
+ reader.Close()
+}
+
+func writerFinalizer(writer *io.PipeWriter) {
+ writer.Close()
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/LICENSE b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e5fb87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+Copyright (c) 2012 Rodrigo Moraes. All rights reserved.
+
+Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+distribution.
+ * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/README.md b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94d396c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+gorilla/mux
+===
+[](https://godoc.org/github.com/gorilla/mux)
+[](https://travis-ci.org/gorilla/mux)
+
+
+
+http://www.gorillatoolkit.org/pkg/mux
+
+Package `gorilla/mux` implements a request router and dispatcher for matching incoming requests to
+their respective handler.
+
+The name mux stands for "HTTP request multiplexer". Like the standard `http.ServeMux`, `mux.Router` matches incoming requests against a list of registered routes and calls a handler for the route that matches the URL or other conditions. The main features are:
+
+* It implements the `http.Handler` interface so it is compatible with the standard `http.ServeMux`.
+* Requests can be matched based on URL host, path, path prefix, schemes, header and query values, HTTP methods or using custom matchers.
+* URL hosts and paths can have variables with an optional regular expression.
+* Registered URLs can be built, or "reversed", which helps maintaining references to resources.
+* Routes can be used as subrouters: nested routes are only tested if the parent route matches. This is useful to define groups of routes that share common conditions like a host, a path prefix or other repeated attributes. As a bonus, this optimizes request matching.
+
+---
+
+* [Install](#install)
+* [Examples](#examples)
+* [Matching Routes](#matching-routes)
+* [Listing Routes](#listing-routes)
+* [Static Files](#static-files)
+* [Registered URLs](#registered-urls)
+* [Full Example](#full-example)
+
+---
+
+## Install
+
+With a [correctly configured](https://golang.org/doc/install#testing) Go toolchain:
+
+```sh
+go get -u github.com/gorilla/mux
+```
+
+## Examples
+
+Let's start registering a couple of URL paths and handlers:
+
+```go
+func main() {
+ r := mux.NewRouter()
+ r.HandleFunc("/", HomeHandler)
+ r.HandleFunc("/products", ProductsHandler)
+ r.HandleFunc("/articles", ArticlesHandler)
+ http.Handle("/", r)
+}
+```
+
+Here we register three routes mapping URL paths to handlers. This is equivalent to how `http.HandleFunc()` works: if an incoming request URL matches one of the paths, the corresponding handler is called passing (`http.ResponseWriter`, `*http.Request`) as parameters.
+
+Paths can have variables. They are defined using the format `{name}` or `{name:pattern}`. If a regular expression pattern is not defined, the matched variable will be anything until the next slash. For example:
+
+```go
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+r.HandleFunc("/products/{key}", ProductHandler)
+r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/", ArticlesCategoryHandler)
+r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}", ArticleHandler)
+```
+
+The names are used to create a map of route variables which can be retrieved calling `mux.Vars()`:
+
+```go
+func ArticlesCategoryHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+ vars := mux.Vars(r)
+ w.WriteHeader(http.StatusOK)
+ fmt.Fprintf(w, "Category: %v\n", vars["category"])
+}
+```
+
+And this is all you need to know about the basic usage. More advanced options are explained below.
+
+### Matching Routes
+
+Routes can also be restricted to a domain or subdomain. Just define a host pattern to be matched. They can also have variables:
+
+```go
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+// Only matches if domain is "www.example.com".
+r.Host("www.example.com")
+// Matches a dynamic subdomain.
+r.Host("{subdomain:[a-z]+}.domain.com")
+```
+
+There are several other matchers that can be added. To match path prefixes:
+
+```go
+r.PathPrefix("/products/")
+```
+
+...or HTTP methods:
+
+```go
+r.Methods("GET", "POST")
+```
+
+...or URL schemes:
+
+```go
+r.Schemes("https")
+```
+
+...or header values:
+
+```go
+r.Headers("X-Requested-With", "XMLHttpRequest")
+```
+
+...or query values:
+
+```go
+r.Queries("key", "value")
+```
+
+...or to use a custom matcher function:
+
+```go
+r.MatcherFunc(func(r *http.Request, rm *RouteMatch) bool {
+ return r.ProtoMajor == 0
+})
+```
+
+...and finally, it is possible to combine several matchers in a single route:
+
+```go
+r.HandleFunc("/products", ProductsHandler).
+ Host("www.example.com").
+ Methods("GET").
+ Schemes("http")
+```
+
+Setting the same matching conditions again and again can be boring, so we have a way to group several routes that share the same requirements. We call it "subrouting".
+
+For example, let's say we have several URLs that should only match when the host is `www.example.com`. Create a route for that host and get a "subrouter" from it:
+
+```go
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+s := r.Host("www.example.com").Subrouter()
+```
+
+Then register routes in the subrouter:
+
+```go
+s.HandleFunc("/products/", ProductsHandler)
+s.HandleFunc("/products/{key}", ProductHandler)
+s.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}", ArticleHandler)
+```
+
+The three URL paths we registered above will only be tested if the domain is `www.example.com`, because the subrouter is tested first. This is not only convenient, but also optimizes request matching. You can create subrouters combining any attribute matchers accepted by a route.
+
+Subrouters can be used to create domain or path "namespaces": you define subrouters in a central place and then parts of the app can register its paths relatively to a given subrouter.
+
+There's one more thing about subroutes. When a subrouter has a path prefix, the inner routes use it as base for their paths:
+
+```go
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+s := r.PathPrefix("/products").Subrouter()
+// "/products/"
+s.HandleFunc("/", ProductsHandler)
+// "/products/{key}/"
+s.HandleFunc("/{key}/", ProductHandler)
+// "/products/{key}/details"
+s.HandleFunc("/{key}/details", ProductDetailsHandler)
+```
+
+### Listing Routes
+
+Routes on a mux can be listed using the Router.Walk method—useful for generating documentation:
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "net/http"
+
+ "github.com/gorilla/mux"
+)
+
+func handler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+ return
+}
+
+func main() {
+ r := mux.NewRouter()
+ r.HandleFunc("/", handler)
+ r.HandleFunc("/products", handler)
+ r.HandleFunc("/articles", handler)
+ r.HandleFunc("/articles/{id}", handler)
+ r.Walk(func(route *mux.Route, router *mux.Router, ancestors []*mux.Route) error {
+ t, err := route.GetPathTemplate()
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ fmt.Println(t)
+ return nil
+ })
+ http.Handle("/", r)
+}
+```
+
+### Static Files
+
+Note that the path provided to `PathPrefix()` represents a "wildcard": calling
+`PathPrefix("/static/").Handler(...)` means that the handler will be passed any
+request that matches "/static/*". This makes it easy to serve static files with mux:
+
+```go
+func main() {
+ var dir string
+
+ flag.StringVar(&dir, "dir", ".", "the directory to serve files from. Defaults to the current dir")
+ flag.Parse()
+ r := mux.NewRouter()
+
+ // This will serve files under http://localhost:8000/static/<filename>
+ r.PathPrefix("/static/").Handler(http.StripPrefix("/static/", http.FileServer(http.Dir(dir))))
+
+ srv := &http.Server{
+ Handler: r,
+ Addr: "127.0.0.1:8000",
+ // Good practice: enforce timeouts for servers you create!
+ WriteTimeout: 15 * time.Second,
+ ReadTimeout: 15 * time.Second,
+ }
+
+ log.Fatal(srv.ListenAndServe())
+}
+```
+
+### Registered URLs
+
+Now let's see how to build registered URLs.
+
+Routes can be named. All routes that define a name can have their URLs built, or "reversed". We define a name calling `Name()` on a route. For example:
+
+```go
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}", ArticleHandler).
+ Name("article")
+```
+
+To build a URL, get the route and call the `URL()` method, passing a sequence of key/value pairs for the route variables. For the previous route, we would do:
+
+```go
+url, err := r.Get("article").URL("category", "technology", "id", "42")
+```
+
+...and the result will be a `url.URL` with the following path:
+
+```
+"/articles/technology/42"
+```
+
+This also works for host variables:
+
+```go
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+r.Host("{subdomain}.domain.com").
+ Path("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}").
+ HandlerFunc(ArticleHandler).
+ Name("article")
+
+// url.String() will be "http://news.domain.com/articles/technology/42"
+url, err := r.Get("article").URL("subdomain", "news",
+ "category", "technology",
+ "id", "42")
+```
+
+All variables defined in the route are required, and their values must conform to the corresponding patterns. These requirements guarantee that a generated URL will always match a registered route -- the only exception is for explicitly defined "build-only" routes which never match.
+
+Regex support also exists for matching Headers within a route. For example, we could do:
+
+```go
+r.HeadersRegexp("Content-Type", "application/(text|json)")
+```
+
+...and the route will match both requests with a Content-Type of `application/json` as well as `application/text`
+
+There's also a way to build only the URL host or path for a route: use the methods `URLHost()` or `URLPath()` instead. For the previous route, we would do:
+
+```go
+// "http://news.domain.com/"
+host, err := r.Get("article").URLHost("subdomain", "news")
+
+// "/articles/technology/42"
+path, err := r.Get("article").URLPath("category", "technology", "id", "42")
+```
+
+And if you use subrouters, host and path defined separately can be built as well:
+
+```go
+r := mux.NewRouter()
+s := r.Host("{subdomain}.domain.com").Subrouter()
+s.Path("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}").
+ HandlerFunc(ArticleHandler).
+ Name("article")
+
+// "http://news.domain.com/articles/technology/42"
+url, err := r.Get("article").URL("subdomain", "news",
+ "category", "technology",
+ "id", "42")
+```
+
+## Full Example
+
+Here's a complete, runnable example of a small `mux` based server:
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+ "net/http"
+ "log"
+ "github.com/gorilla/mux"
+)
+
+func YourHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+ w.Write([]byte("Gorilla!\n"))
+}
+
+func main() {
+ r := mux.NewRouter()
+ // Routes consist of a path and a handler function.
+ r.HandleFunc("/", YourHandler)
+
+ // Bind to a port and pass our router in
+ log.Fatal(http.ListenAndServe(":8000", r))
+}
+```
+
+## License
+
+BSD licensed. See the LICENSE file for details.
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/context_gorilla.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/context_gorilla.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7adaa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/context_gorilla.go
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+// +build !go1.7
+
+package mux
+
+import (
+ "net/http"
+
+ "github.com/gorilla/context"
+)
+
+func contextGet(r *http.Request, key interface{}) interface{} {
+ return context.Get(r, key)
+}
+
+func contextSet(r *http.Request, key, val interface{}) *http.Request {
+ if val == nil {
+ return r
+ }
+
+ context.Set(r, key, val)
+ return r
+}
+
+func contextClear(r *http.Request) {
+ context.Clear(r)
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/context_native.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/context_native.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..209cbea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/context_native.go
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+// +build go1.7
+
+package mux
+
+import (
+ "context"
+ "net/http"
+)
+
+func contextGet(r *http.Request, key interface{}) interface{} {
+ return r.Context().Value(key)
+}
+
+func contextSet(r *http.Request, key, val interface{}) *http.Request {
+ if val == nil {
+ return r
+ }
+
+ return r.WithContext(context.WithValue(r.Context(), key, val))
+}
+
+func contextClear(r *http.Request) {
+ return
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/doc.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/doc.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00daf4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/doc.go
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+/*
+Package mux implements a request router and dispatcher.
+
+The name mux stands for "HTTP request multiplexer". Like the standard
+http.ServeMux, mux.Router matches incoming requests against a list of
+registered routes and calls a handler for the route that matches the URL
+or other conditions. The main features are:
+
+ * Requests can be matched based on URL host, path, path prefix, schemes,
+ header and query values, HTTP methods or using custom matchers.
+ * URL hosts and paths can have variables with an optional regular
+ expression.
+ * Registered URLs can be built, or "reversed", which helps maintaining
+ references to resources.
+ * Routes can be used as subrouters: nested routes are only tested if the
+ parent route matches. This is useful to define groups of routes that
+ share common conditions like a host, a path prefix or other repeated
+ attributes. As a bonus, this optimizes request matching.
+ * It implements the http.Handler interface so it is compatible with the
+ standard http.ServeMux.
+
+Let's start registering a couple of URL paths and handlers:
+
+ func main() {
+ r := mux.NewRouter()
+ r.HandleFunc("/", HomeHandler)
+ r.HandleFunc("/products", ProductsHandler)
+ r.HandleFunc("/articles", ArticlesHandler)
+ http.Handle("/", r)
+ }
+
+Here we register three routes mapping URL paths to handlers. This is
+equivalent to how http.HandleFunc() works: if an incoming request URL matches
+one of the paths, the corresponding handler is called passing
+(http.ResponseWriter, *http.Request) as parameters.
+
+Paths can have variables. They are defined using the format {name} or
+{name:pattern}. If a regular expression pattern is not defined, the matched
+variable will be anything until the next slash. For example:
+
+ r := mux.NewRouter()
+ r.HandleFunc("/products/{key}", ProductHandler)
+ r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/", ArticlesCategoryHandler)
+ r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}", ArticleHandler)
+
+Groups can be used inside patterns, as long as they are non-capturing (?:re). For example:
+
+ r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{sort:(?:asc|desc|new)}", ArticlesCategoryHandler)
+
+The names are used to create a map of route variables which can be retrieved
+calling mux.Vars():
+
+ vars := mux.Vars(request)
+ category := vars["category"]
+
+Note that if any capturing groups are present, mux will panic() during parsing. To prevent
+this, convert any capturing groups to non-capturing, e.g. change "/{sort:(asc|desc)}" to
+"/{sort:(?:asc|desc)}". This is a change from prior versions which behaved unpredictably
+when capturing groups were present.
+
+And this is all you need to know about the basic usage. More advanced options
+are explained below.
+
+Routes can also be restricted to a domain or subdomain. Just define a host
+pattern to be matched. They can also have variables:
+
+ r := mux.NewRouter()
+ // Only matches if domain is "www.example.com".
+ r.Host("www.example.com")
+ // Matches a dynamic subdomain.
+ r.Host("{subdomain:[a-z]+}.domain.com")
+
+There are several other matchers that can be added. To match path prefixes:
+
+ r.PathPrefix("/products/")
+
+...or HTTP methods:
+
+ r.Methods("GET", "POST")
+
+...or URL schemes:
+
+ r.Schemes("https")
+
+...or header values:
+
+ r.Headers("X-Requested-With", "XMLHttpRequest")
+
+...or query values:
+
+ r.Queries("key", "value")
+
+...or to use a custom matcher function:
+
+ r.MatcherFunc(func(r *http.Request, rm *RouteMatch) bool {
+ return r.ProtoMajor == 0
+ })
+
+...and finally, it is possible to combine several matchers in a single route:
+
+ r.HandleFunc("/products", ProductsHandler).
+ Host("www.example.com").
+ Methods("GET").
+ Schemes("http")
+
+Setting the same matching conditions again and again can be boring, so we have
+a way to group several routes that share the same requirements.
+We call it "subrouting".
+
+For example, let's say we have several URLs that should only match when the
+host is "www.example.com". Create a route for that host and get a "subrouter"
+from it:
+
+ r := mux.NewRouter()
+ s := r.Host("www.example.com").Subrouter()
+
+Then register routes in the subrouter:
+
+ s.HandleFunc("/products/", ProductsHandler)
+ s.HandleFunc("/products/{key}", ProductHandler)
+ s.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}"), ArticleHandler)
+
+The three URL paths we registered above will only be tested if the domain is
+"www.example.com", because the subrouter is tested first. This is not
+only convenient, but also optimizes request matching. You can create
+subrouters combining any attribute matchers accepted by a route.
+
+Subrouters can be used to create domain or path "namespaces": you define
+subrouters in a central place and then parts of the app can register its
+paths relatively to a given subrouter.
+
+There's one more thing about subroutes. When a subrouter has a path prefix,
+the inner routes use it as base for their paths:
+
+ r := mux.NewRouter()
+ s := r.PathPrefix("/products").Subrouter()
+ // "/products/"
+ s.HandleFunc("/", ProductsHandler)
+ // "/products/{key}/"
+ s.HandleFunc("/{key}/", ProductHandler)
+ // "/products/{key}/details"
+ s.HandleFunc("/{key}/details", ProductDetailsHandler)
+
+Note that the path provided to PathPrefix() represents a "wildcard": calling
+PathPrefix("/static/").Handler(...) means that the handler will be passed any
+request that matches "/static/*". This makes it easy to serve static files with mux:
+
+ func main() {
+ var dir string
+
+ flag.StringVar(&dir, "dir", ".", "the directory to serve files from. Defaults to the current dir")
+ flag.Parse()
+ r := mux.NewRouter()
+
+ // This will serve files under http://localhost:8000/static/<filename>
+ r.PathPrefix("/static/").Handler(http.StripPrefix("/static/", http.FileServer(http.Dir(dir))))
+
+ srv := &http.Server{
+ Handler: r,
+ Addr: "127.0.0.1:8000",
+ // Good practice: enforce timeouts for servers you create!
+ WriteTimeout: 15 * time.Second,
+ ReadTimeout: 15 * time.Second,
+ }
+
+ log.Fatal(srv.ListenAndServe())
+ }
+
+Now let's see how to build registered URLs.
+
+Routes can be named. All routes that define a name can have their URLs built,
+or "reversed". We define a name calling Name() on a route. For example:
+
+ r := mux.NewRouter()
+ r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}", ArticleHandler).
+ Name("article")
+
+To build a URL, get the route and call the URL() method, passing a sequence of
+key/value pairs for the route variables. For the previous route, we would do:
+
+ url, err := r.Get("article").URL("category", "technology", "id", "42")
+
+...and the result will be a url.URL with the following path:
+
+ "/articles/technology/42"
+
+This also works for host variables:
+
+ r := mux.NewRouter()
+ r.Host("{subdomain}.domain.com").
+ Path("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}").
+ HandlerFunc(ArticleHandler).
+ Name("article")
+
+ // url.String() will be "http://news.domain.com/articles/technology/42"
+ url, err := r.Get("article").URL("subdomain", "news",
+ "category", "technology",
+ "id", "42")
+
+All variables defined in the route are required, and their values must
+conform to the corresponding patterns. These requirements guarantee that a
+generated URL will always match a registered route -- the only exception is
+for explicitly defined "build-only" routes which never match.
+
+Regex support also exists for matching Headers within a route. For example, we could do:
+
+ r.HeadersRegexp("Content-Type", "application/(text|json)")
+
+...and the route will match both requests with a Content-Type of `application/json` as well as
+`application/text`
+
+There's also a way to build only the URL host or path for a route:
+use the methods URLHost() or URLPath() instead. For the previous route,
+we would do:
+
+ // "http://news.domain.com/"
+ host, err := r.Get("article").URLHost("subdomain", "news")
+
+ // "/articles/technology/42"
+ path, err := r.Get("article").URLPath("category", "technology", "id", "42")
+
+And if you use subrouters, host and path defined separately can be built
+as well:
+
+ r := mux.NewRouter()
+ s := r.Host("{subdomain}.domain.com").Subrouter()
+ s.Path("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}").
+ HandlerFunc(ArticleHandler).
+ Name("article")
+
+ // "http://news.domain.com/articles/technology/42"
+ url, err := r.Get("article").URL("subdomain", "news",
+ "category", "technology",
+ "id", "42")
+*/
+package mux
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/mux.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/mux.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d66ec38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/mux.go
@@ -0,0 +1,542 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package mux
+
+import (
+ "errors"
+ "fmt"
+ "net/http"
+ "path"
+ "regexp"
+ "strings"
+)
+
+// NewRouter returns a new router instance.
+func NewRouter() *Router {
+ return &Router{namedRoutes: make(map[string]*Route), KeepContext: false}
+}
+
+// Router registers routes to be matched and dispatches a handler.
+//
+// It implements the http.Handler interface, so it can be registered to serve
+// requests:
+//
+// var router = mux.NewRouter()
+//
+// func main() {
+// http.Handle("/", router)
+// }
+//
+// Or, for Google App Engine, register it in a init() function:
+//
+// func init() {
+// http.Handle("/", router)
+// }
+//
+// This will send all incoming requests to the router.
+type Router struct {
+ // Configurable Handler to be used when no route matches.
+ NotFoundHandler http.Handler
+ // Parent route, if this is a subrouter.
+ parent parentRoute
+ // Routes to be matched, in order.
+ routes []*Route
+ // Routes by name for URL building.
+ namedRoutes map[string]*Route
+ // See Router.StrictSlash(). This defines the flag for new routes.
+ strictSlash bool
+ // See Router.SkipClean(). This defines the flag for new routes.
+ skipClean bool
+ // If true, do not clear the request context after handling the request.
+ // This has no effect when go1.7+ is used, since the context is stored
+ // on the request itself.
+ KeepContext bool
+ // see Router.UseEncodedPath(). This defines a flag for all routes.
+ useEncodedPath bool
+}
+
+// Match matches registered routes against the request.
+func (r *Router) Match(req *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+ for _, route := range r.routes {
+ if route.Match(req, match) {
+ return true
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Closest match for a router (includes sub-routers)
+ if r.NotFoundHandler != nil {
+ match.Handler = r.NotFoundHandler
+ return true
+ }
+ return false
+}
+
+// ServeHTTP dispatches the handler registered in the matched route.
+//
+// When there is a match, the route variables can be retrieved calling
+// mux.Vars(request).
+func (r *Router) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, req *http.Request) {
+ if !r.skipClean {
+ path := req.URL.Path
+ if r.useEncodedPath {
+ path = getPath(req)
+ }
+ // Clean path to canonical form and redirect.
+ if p := cleanPath(path); p != path {
+
+ // Added 3 lines (Philip Schlump) - It was dropping the query string and #whatever from query.
+ // This matches with fix in go 1.2 r.c. 4 for same problem. Go Issue:
+ // http://code.google.com/p/go/issues/detail?id=5252
+ url := *req.URL
+ url.Path = p
+ p = url.String()
+
+ w.Header().Set("Location", p)
+ w.WriteHeader(http.StatusMovedPermanently)
+ return
+ }
+ }
+ var match RouteMatch
+ var handler http.Handler
+ if r.Match(req, &match) {
+ handler = match.Handler
+ req = setVars(req, match.Vars)
+ req = setCurrentRoute(req, match.Route)
+ }
+ if handler == nil {
+ handler = http.NotFoundHandler()
+ }
+ if !r.KeepContext {
+ defer contextClear(req)
+ }
+ handler.ServeHTTP(w, req)
+}
+
+// Get returns a route registered with the given name.
+func (r *Router) Get(name string) *Route {
+ return r.getNamedRoutes()[name]
+}
+
+// GetRoute returns a route registered with the given name. This method
+// was renamed to Get() and remains here for backwards compatibility.
+func (r *Router) GetRoute(name string) *Route {
+ return r.getNamedRoutes()[name]
+}
+
+// StrictSlash defines the trailing slash behavior for new routes. The initial
+// value is false.
+//
+// When true, if the route path is "/path/", accessing "/path" will redirect
+// to the former and vice versa. In other words, your application will always
+// see the path as specified in the route.
+//
+// When false, if the route path is "/path", accessing "/path/" will not match
+// this route and vice versa.
+//
+// Special case: when a route sets a path prefix using the PathPrefix() method,
+// strict slash is ignored for that route because the redirect behavior can't
+// be determined from a prefix alone. However, any subrouters created from that
+// route inherit the original StrictSlash setting.
+func (r *Router) StrictSlash(value bool) *Router {
+ r.strictSlash = value
+ return r
+}
+
+// SkipClean defines the path cleaning behaviour for new routes. The initial
+// value is false. Users should be careful about which routes are not cleaned
+//
+// When true, if the route path is "/path//to", it will remain with the double
+// slash. This is helpful if you have a route like: /fetch/http://xkcd.com/534/
+//
+// When false, the path will be cleaned, so /fetch/http://xkcd.com/534/ will
+// become /fetch/http/xkcd.com/534
+func (r *Router) SkipClean(value bool) *Router {
+ r.skipClean = value
+ return r
+}
+
+// UseEncodedPath tells the router to match the encoded original path
+// to the routes.
+// For eg. "/path/foo%2Fbar/to" will match the path "/path/{var}/to".
+// This behavior has the drawback of needing to match routes against
+// r.RequestURI instead of r.URL.Path. Any modifications (such as http.StripPrefix)
+// to r.URL.Path will not affect routing when this flag is on and thus may
+// induce unintended behavior.
+//
+// If not called, the router will match the unencoded path to the routes.
+// For eg. "/path/foo%2Fbar/to" will match the path "/path/foo/bar/to"
+func (r *Router) UseEncodedPath() *Router {
+ r.useEncodedPath = true
+ return r
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// parentRoute
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// getNamedRoutes returns the map where named routes are registered.
+func (r *Router) getNamedRoutes() map[string]*Route {
+ if r.namedRoutes == nil {
+ if r.parent != nil {
+ r.namedRoutes = r.parent.getNamedRoutes()
+ } else {
+ r.namedRoutes = make(map[string]*Route)
+ }
+ }
+ return r.namedRoutes
+}
+
+// getRegexpGroup returns regexp definitions from the parent route, if any.
+func (r *Router) getRegexpGroup() *routeRegexpGroup {
+ if r.parent != nil {
+ return r.parent.getRegexpGroup()
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+func (r *Router) buildVars(m map[string]string) map[string]string {
+ if r.parent != nil {
+ m = r.parent.buildVars(m)
+ }
+ return m
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Route factories
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// NewRoute registers an empty route.
+func (r *Router) NewRoute() *Route {
+ route := &Route{parent: r, strictSlash: r.strictSlash, skipClean: r.skipClean, useEncodedPath: r.useEncodedPath}
+ r.routes = append(r.routes, route)
+ return route
+}
+
+// Handle registers a new route with a matcher for the URL path.
+// See Route.Path() and Route.Handler().
+func (r *Router) Handle(path string, handler http.Handler) *Route {
+ return r.NewRoute().Path(path).Handler(handler)
+}
+
+// HandleFunc registers a new route with a matcher for the URL path.
+// See Route.Path() and Route.HandlerFunc().
+func (r *Router) HandleFunc(path string, f func(http.ResponseWriter,
+ *http.Request)) *Route {
+ return r.NewRoute().Path(path).HandlerFunc(f)
+}
+
+// Headers registers a new route with a matcher for request header values.
+// See Route.Headers().
+func (r *Router) Headers(pairs ...string) *Route {
+ return r.NewRoute().Headers(pairs...)
+}
+
+// Host registers a new route with a matcher for the URL host.
+// See Route.Host().
+func (r *Router) Host(tpl string) *Route {
+ return r.NewRoute().Host(tpl)
+}
+
+// MatcherFunc registers a new route with a custom matcher function.
+// See Route.MatcherFunc().
+func (r *Router) MatcherFunc(f MatcherFunc) *Route {
+ return r.NewRoute().MatcherFunc(f)
+}
+
+// Methods registers a new route with a matcher for HTTP methods.
+// See Route.Methods().
+func (r *Router) Methods(methods ...string) *Route {
+ return r.NewRoute().Methods(methods...)
+}
+
+// Path registers a new route with a matcher for the URL path.
+// See Route.Path().
+func (r *Router) Path(tpl string) *Route {
+ return r.NewRoute().Path(tpl)
+}
+
+// PathPrefix registers a new route with a matcher for the URL path prefix.
+// See Route.PathPrefix().
+func (r *Router) PathPrefix(tpl string) *Route {
+ return r.NewRoute().PathPrefix(tpl)
+}
+
+// Queries registers a new route with a matcher for URL query values.
+// See Route.Queries().
+func (r *Router) Queries(pairs ...string) *Route {
+ return r.NewRoute().Queries(pairs...)
+}
+
+// Schemes registers a new route with a matcher for URL schemes.
+// See Route.Schemes().
+func (r *Router) Schemes(schemes ...string) *Route {
+ return r.NewRoute().Schemes(schemes...)
+}
+
+// BuildVarsFunc registers a new route with a custom function for modifying
+// route variables before building a URL.
+func (r *Router) BuildVarsFunc(f BuildVarsFunc) *Route {
+ return r.NewRoute().BuildVarsFunc(f)
+}
+
+// Walk walks the router and all its sub-routers, calling walkFn for each route
+// in the tree. The routes are walked in the order they were added. Sub-routers
+// are explored depth-first.
+func (r *Router) Walk(walkFn WalkFunc) error {
+ return r.walk(walkFn, []*Route{})
+}
+
+// SkipRouter is used as a return value from WalkFuncs to indicate that the
+// router that walk is about to descend down to should be skipped.
+var SkipRouter = errors.New("skip this router")
+
+// WalkFunc is the type of the function called for each route visited by Walk.
+// At every invocation, it is given the current route, and the current router,
+// and a list of ancestor routes that lead to the current route.
+type WalkFunc func(route *Route, router *Router, ancestors []*Route) error
+
+func (r *Router) walk(walkFn WalkFunc, ancestors []*Route) error {
+ for _, t := range r.routes {
+ if t.regexp == nil || t.regexp.path == nil || t.regexp.path.template == "" {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ err := walkFn(t, r, ancestors)
+ if err == SkipRouter {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ for _, sr := range t.matchers {
+ if h, ok := sr.(*Router); ok {
+ err := h.walk(walkFn, ancestors)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if h, ok := t.handler.(*Router); ok {
+ ancestors = append(ancestors, t)
+ err := h.walk(walkFn, ancestors)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ ancestors = ancestors[:len(ancestors)-1]
+ }
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Context
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// RouteMatch stores information about a matched route.
+type RouteMatch struct {
+ Route *Route
+ Handler http.Handler
+ Vars map[string]string
+}
+
+type contextKey int
+
+const (
+ varsKey contextKey = iota
+ routeKey
+)
+
+// Vars returns the route variables for the current request, if any.
+func Vars(r *http.Request) map[string]string {
+ if rv := contextGet(r, varsKey); rv != nil {
+ return rv.(map[string]string)
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// CurrentRoute returns the matched route for the current request, if any.
+// This only works when called inside the handler of the matched route
+// because the matched route is stored in the request context which is cleared
+// after the handler returns, unless the KeepContext option is set on the
+// Router.
+func CurrentRoute(r *http.Request) *Route {
+ if rv := contextGet(r, routeKey); rv != nil {
+ return rv.(*Route)
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+func setVars(r *http.Request, val interface{}) *http.Request {
+ return contextSet(r, varsKey, val)
+}
+
+func setCurrentRoute(r *http.Request, val interface{}) *http.Request {
+ return contextSet(r, routeKey, val)
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Helpers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// getPath returns the escaped path if possible; doing what URL.EscapedPath()
+// which was added in go1.5 does
+func getPath(req *http.Request) string {
+ if req.RequestURI != "" {
+ // Extract the path from RequestURI (which is escaped unlike URL.Path)
+ // as detailed here as detailed in https://golang.org/pkg/net/url/#URL
+ // for < 1.5 server side workaround
+ // http://localhost/path/here?v=1 -> /path/here
+ path := req.RequestURI
+ path = strings.TrimPrefix(path, req.URL.Scheme+`://`)
+ path = strings.TrimPrefix(path, req.URL.Host)
+ if i := strings.LastIndex(path, "?"); i > -1 {
+ path = path[:i]
+ }
+ if i := strings.LastIndex(path, "#"); i > -1 {
+ path = path[:i]
+ }
+ return path
+ }
+ return req.URL.Path
+}
+
+// cleanPath returns the canonical path for p, eliminating . and .. elements.
+// Borrowed from the net/http package.
+func cleanPath(p string) string {
+ if p == "" {
+ return "/"
+ }
+ if p[0] != '/' {
+ p = "/" + p
+ }
+ np := path.Clean(p)
+ // path.Clean removes trailing slash except for root;
+ // put the trailing slash back if necessary.
+ if p[len(p)-1] == '/' && np != "/" {
+ np += "/"
+ }
+
+ return np
+}
+
+// uniqueVars returns an error if two slices contain duplicated strings.
+func uniqueVars(s1, s2 []string) error {
+ for _, v1 := range s1 {
+ for _, v2 := range s2 {
+ if v1 == v2 {
+ return fmt.Errorf("mux: duplicated route variable %q", v2)
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// checkPairs returns the count of strings passed in, and an error if
+// the count is not an even number.
+func checkPairs(pairs ...string) (int, error) {
+ length := len(pairs)
+ if length%2 != 0 {
+ return length, fmt.Errorf(
+ "mux: number of parameters must be multiple of 2, got %v", pairs)
+ }
+ return length, nil
+}
+
+// mapFromPairsToString converts variadic string parameters to a
+// string to string map.
+func mapFromPairsToString(pairs ...string) (map[string]string, error) {
+ length, err := checkPairs(pairs...)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ m := make(map[string]string, length/2)
+ for i := 0; i < length; i += 2 {
+ m[pairs[i]] = pairs[i+1]
+ }
+ return m, nil
+}
+
+// mapFromPairsToRegex converts variadic string paramers to a
+// string to regex map.
+func mapFromPairsToRegex(pairs ...string) (map[string]*regexp.Regexp, error) {
+ length, err := checkPairs(pairs...)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ m := make(map[string]*regexp.Regexp, length/2)
+ for i := 0; i < length; i += 2 {
+ regex, err := regexp.Compile(pairs[i+1])
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ m[pairs[i]] = regex
+ }
+ return m, nil
+}
+
+// matchInArray returns true if the given string value is in the array.
+func matchInArray(arr []string, value string) bool {
+ for _, v := range arr {
+ if v == value {
+ return true
+ }
+ }
+ return false
+}
+
+// matchMapWithString returns true if the given key/value pairs exist in a given map.
+func matchMapWithString(toCheck map[string]string, toMatch map[string][]string, canonicalKey bool) bool {
+ for k, v := range toCheck {
+ // Check if key exists.
+ if canonicalKey {
+ k = http.CanonicalHeaderKey(k)
+ }
+ if values := toMatch[k]; values == nil {
+ return false
+ } else if v != "" {
+ // If value was defined as an empty string we only check that the
+ // key exists. Otherwise we also check for equality.
+ valueExists := false
+ for _, value := range values {
+ if v == value {
+ valueExists = true
+ break
+ }
+ }
+ if !valueExists {
+ return false
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return true
+}
+
+// matchMapWithRegex returns true if the given key/value pairs exist in a given map compiled against
+// the given regex
+func matchMapWithRegex(toCheck map[string]*regexp.Regexp, toMatch map[string][]string, canonicalKey bool) bool {
+ for k, v := range toCheck {
+ // Check if key exists.
+ if canonicalKey {
+ k = http.CanonicalHeaderKey(k)
+ }
+ if values := toMatch[k]; values == nil {
+ return false
+ } else if v != nil {
+ // If value was defined as an empty string we only check that the
+ // key exists. Otherwise we also check for equality.
+ valueExists := false
+ for _, value := range values {
+ if v.MatchString(value) {
+ valueExists = true
+ break
+ }
+ }
+ if !valueExists {
+ return false
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return true
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/regexp.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/regexp.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0189ad3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/regexp.go
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package mux
+
+import (
+ "bytes"
+ "fmt"
+ "net/http"
+ "net/url"
+ "regexp"
+ "strconv"
+ "strings"
+)
+
+// newRouteRegexp parses a route template and returns a routeRegexp,
+// used to match a host, a path or a query string.
+//
+// It will extract named variables, assemble a regexp to be matched, create
+// a "reverse" template to build URLs and compile regexps to validate variable
+// values used in URL building.
+//
+// Previously we accepted only Python-like identifiers for variable
+// names ([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*), but currently the only restriction is that
+// name and pattern can't be empty, and names can't contain a colon.
+func newRouteRegexp(tpl string, matchHost, matchPrefix, matchQuery, strictSlash, useEncodedPath bool) (*routeRegexp, error) {
+ // Check if it is well-formed.
+ idxs, errBraces := braceIndices(tpl)
+ if errBraces != nil {
+ return nil, errBraces
+ }
+ // Backup the original.
+ template := tpl
+ // Now let's parse it.
+ defaultPattern := "[^/]+"
+ if matchQuery {
+ defaultPattern = "[^?&]*"
+ } else if matchHost {
+ defaultPattern = "[^.]+"
+ matchPrefix = false
+ }
+ // Only match strict slash if not matching
+ if matchPrefix || matchHost || matchQuery {
+ strictSlash = false
+ }
+ // Set a flag for strictSlash.
+ endSlash := false
+ if strictSlash && strings.HasSuffix(tpl, "/") {
+ tpl = tpl[:len(tpl)-1]
+ endSlash = true
+ }
+ varsN := make([]string, len(idxs)/2)
+ varsR := make([]*regexp.Regexp, len(idxs)/2)
+ pattern := bytes.NewBufferString("")
+ pattern.WriteByte('^')
+ reverse := bytes.NewBufferString("")
+ var end int
+ var err error
+ for i := 0; i < len(idxs); i += 2 {
+ // Set all values we are interested in.
+ raw := tpl[end:idxs[i]]
+ end = idxs[i+1]
+ parts := strings.SplitN(tpl[idxs[i]+1:end-1], ":", 2)
+ name := parts[0]
+ patt := defaultPattern
+ if len(parts) == 2 {
+ patt = parts[1]
+ }
+ // Name or pattern can't be empty.
+ if name == "" || patt == "" {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("mux: missing name or pattern in %q",
+ tpl[idxs[i]:end])
+ }
+ // Build the regexp pattern.
+ fmt.Fprintf(pattern, "%s(?P<%s>%s)", regexp.QuoteMeta(raw), varGroupName(i/2), patt)
+
+ // Build the reverse template.
+ fmt.Fprintf(reverse, "%s%%s", raw)
+
+ // Append variable name and compiled pattern.
+ varsN[i/2] = name
+ varsR[i/2], err = regexp.Compile(fmt.Sprintf("^%s$", patt))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ }
+ // Add the remaining.
+ raw := tpl[end:]
+ pattern.WriteString(regexp.QuoteMeta(raw))
+ if strictSlash {
+ pattern.WriteString("[/]?")
+ }
+ if matchQuery {
+ // Add the default pattern if the query value is empty
+ if queryVal := strings.SplitN(template, "=", 2)[1]; queryVal == "" {
+ pattern.WriteString(defaultPattern)
+ }
+ }
+ if !matchPrefix {
+ pattern.WriteByte('$')
+ }
+ reverse.WriteString(raw)
+ if endSlash {
+ reverse.WriteByte('/')
+ }
+ // Compile full regexp.
+ reg, errCompile := regexp.Compile(pattern.String())
+ if errCompile != nil {
+ return nil, errCompile
+ }
+
+ // Check for capturing groups which used to work in older versions
+ if reg.NumSubexp() != len(idxs)/2 {
+ panic(fmt.Sprintf("route %s contains capture groups in its regexp. ", template) +
+ "Only non-capturing groups are accepted: e.g. (?:pattern) instead of (pattern)")
+ }
+
+ // Done!
+ return &routeRegexp{
+ template: template,
+ matchHost: matchHost,
+ matchQuery: matchQuery,
+ strictSlash: strictSlash,
+ useEncodedPath: useEncodedPath,
+ regexp: reg,
+ reverse: reverse.String(),
+ varsN: varsN,
+ varsR: varsR,
+ }, nil
+}
+
+// routeRegexp stores a regexp to match a host or path and information to
+// collect and validate route variables.
+type routeRegexp struct {
+ // The unmodified template.
+ template string
+ // True for host match, false for path or query string match.
+ matchHost bool
+ // True for query string match, false for path and host match.
+ matchQuery bool
+ // The strictSlash value defined on the route, but disabled if PathPrefix was used.
+ strictSlash bool
+ // Determines whether to use encoded path from getPath function or unencoded
+ // req.URL.Path for path matching
+ useEncodedPath bool
+ // Expanded regexp.
+ regexp *regexp.Regexp
+ // Reverse template.
+ reverse string
+ // Variable names.
+ varsN []string
+ // Variable regexps (validators).
+ varsR []*regexp.Regexp
+}
+
+// Match matches the regexp against the URL host or path.
+func (r *routeRegexp) Match(req *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+ if !r.matchHost {
+ if r.matchQuery {
+ return r.matchQueryString(req)
+ }
+ path := req.URL.Path
+ if r.useEncodedPath {
+ path = getPath(req)
+ }
+ return r.regexp.MatchString(path)
+ }
+
+ return r.regexp.MatchString(getHost(req))
+}
+
+// url builds a URL part using the given values.
+func (r *routeRegexp) url(values map[string]string) (string, error) {
+ urlValues := make([]interface{}, len(r.varsN))
+ for k, v := range r.varsN {
+ value, ok := values[v]
+ if !ok {
+ return "", fmt.Errorf("mux: missing route variable %q", v)
+ }
+ urlValues[k] = value
+ }
+ rv := fmt.Sprintf(r.reverse, urlValues...)
+ if !r.regexp.MatchString(rv) {
+ // The URL is checked against the full regexp, instead of checking
+ // individual variables. This is faster but to provide a good error
+ // message, we check individual regexps if the URL doesn't match.
+ for k, v := range r.varsN {
+ if !r.varsR[k].MatchString(values[v]) {
+ return "", fmt.Errorf(
+ "mux: variable %q doesn't match, expected %q", values[v],
+ r.varsR[k].String())
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return rv, nil
+}
+
+// getURLQuery returns a single query parameter from a request URL.
+// For a URL with foo=bar&baz=ding, we return only the relevant key
+// value pair for the routeRegexp.
+func (r *routeRegexp) getURLQuery(req *http.Request) string {
+ if !r.matchQuery {
+ return ""
+ }
+ templateKey := strings.SplitN(r.template, "=", 2)[0]
+ for key, vals := range req.URL.Query() {
+ if key == templateKey && len(vals) > 0 {
+ return key + "=" + vals[0]
+ }
+ }
+ return ""
+}
+
+func (r *routeRegexp) matchQueryString(req *http.Request) bool {
+ return r.regexp.MatchString(r.getURLQuery(req))
+}
+
+// braceIndices returns the first level curly brace indices from a string.
+// It returns an error in case of unbalanced braces.
+func braceIndices(s string) ([]int, error) {
+ var level, idx int
+ var idxs []int
+ for i := 0; i < len(s); i++ {
+ switch s[i] {
+ case '{':
+ if level++; level == 1 {
+ idx = i
+ }
+ case '}':
+ if level--; level == 0 {
+ idxs = append(idxs, idx, i+1)
+ } else if level < 0 {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("mux: unbalanced braces in %q", s)
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if level != 0 {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("mux: unbalanced braces in %q", s)
+ }
+ return idxs, nil
+}
+
+// varGroupName builds a capturing group name for the indexed variable.
+func varGroupName(idx int) string {
+ return "v" + strconv.Itoa(idx)
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// routeRegexpGroup
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// routeRegexpGroup groups the route matchers that carry variables.
+type routeRegexpGroup struct {
+ host *routeRegexp
+ path *routeRegexp
+ queries []*routeRegexp
+}
+
+// setMatch extracts the variables from the URL once a route matches.
+func (v *routeRegexpGroup) setMatch(req *http.Request, m *RouteMatch, r *Route) {
+ // Store host variables.
+ if v.host != nil {
+ host := getHost(req)
+ matches := v.host.regexp.FindStringSubmatchIndex(host)
+ if len(matches) > 0 {
+ extractVars(host, matches, v.host.varsN, m.Vars)
+ }
+ }
+ path := req.URL.Path
+ if r.useEncodedPath {
+ path = getPath(req)
+ }
+ // Store path variables.
+ if v.path != nil {
+ matches := v.path.regexp.FindStringSubmatchIndex(path)
+ if len(matches) > 0 {
+ extractVars(path, matches, v.path.varsN, m.Vars)
+ // Check if we should redirect.
+ if v.path.strictSlash {
+ p1 := strings.HasSuffix(path, "/")
+ p2 := strings.HasSuffix(v.path.template, "/")
+ if p1 != p2 {
+ u, _ := url.Parse(req.URL.String())
+ if p1 {
+ u.Path = u.Path[:len(u.Path)-1]
+ } else {
+ u.Path += "/"
+ }
+ m.Handler = http.RedirectHandler(u.String(), 301)
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ // Store query string variables.
+ for _, q := range v.queries {
+ queryURL := q.getURLQuery(req)
+ matches := q.regexp.FindStringSubmatchIndex(queryURL)
+ if len(matches) > 0 {
+ extractVars(queryURL, matches, q.varsN, m.Vars)
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// getHost tries its best to return the request host.
+func getHost(r *http.Request) string {
+ if r.URL.IsAbs() {
+ return r.URL.Host
+ }
+ host := r.Host
+ // Slice off any port information.
+ if i := strings.Index(host, ":"); i != -1 {
+ host = host[:i]
+ }
+ return host
+
+}
+
+func extractVars(input string, matches []int, names []string, output map[string]string) {
+ for i, name := range names {
+ output[name] = input[matches[2*i+2]:matches[2*i+3]]
+ }
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/route.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/route.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9221915
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/gorilla/mux/route.go
@@ -0,0 +1,636 @@
+// Copyright 2012 The Gorilla Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package mux
+
+import (
+ "errors"
+ "fmt"
+ "net/http"
+ "net/url"
+ "regexp"
+ "strings"
+)
+
+// Route stores information to match a request and build URLs.
+type Route struct {
+ // Parent where the route was registered (a Router).
+ parent parentRoute
+ // Request handler for the route.
+ handler http.Handler
+ // List of matchers.
+ matchers []matcher
+ // Manager for the variables from host and path.
+ regexp *routeRegexpGroup
+ // If true, when the path pattern is "/path/", accessing "/path" will
+ // redirect to the former and vice versa.
+ strictSlash bool
+ // If true, when the path pattern is "/path//to", accessing "/path//to"
+ // will not redirect
+ skipClean bool
+ // If true, "/path/foo%2Fbar/to" will match the path "/path/{var}/to"
+ useEncodedPath bool
+ // If true, this route never matches: it is only used to build URLs.
+ buildOnly bool
+ // The name used to build URLs.
+ name string
+ // Error resulted from building a route.
+ err error
+
+ buildVarsFunc BuildVarsFunc
+}
+
+func (r *Route) SkipClean() bool {
+ return r.skipClean
+}
+
+// Match matches the route against the request.
+func (r *Route) Match(req *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+ if r.buildOnly || r.err != nil {
+ return false
+ }
+ // Match everything.
+ for _, m := range r.matchers {
+ if matched := m.Match(req, match); !matched {
+ return false
+ }
+ }
+ // Yay, we have a match. Let's collect some info about it.
+ if match.Route == nil {
+ match.Route = r
+ }
+ if match.Handler == nil {
+ match.Handler = r.handler
+ }
+ if match.Vars == nil {
+ match.Vars = make(map[string]string)
+ }
+ // Set variables.
+ if r.regexp != nil {
+ r.regexp.setMatch(req, match, r)
+ }
+ return true
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Route attributes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// GetError returns an error resulted from building the route, if any.
+func (r *Route) GetError() error {
+ return r.err
+}
+
+// BuildOnly sets the route to never match: it is only used to build URLs.
+func (r *Route) BuildOnly() *Route {
+ r.buildOnly = true
+ return r
+}
+
+// Handler --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Handler sets a handler for the route.
+func (r *Route) Handler(handler http.Handler) *Route {
+ if r.err == nil {
+ r.handler = handler
+ }
+ return r
+}
+
+// HandlerFunc sets a handler function for the route.
+func (r *Route) HandlerFunc(f func(http.ResponseWriter, *http.Request)) *Route {
+ return r.Handler(http.HandlerFunc(f))
+}
+
+// GetHandler returns the handler for the route, if any.
+func (r *Route) GetHandler() http.Handler {
+ return r.handler
+}
+
+// Name -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Name sets the name for the route, used to build URLs.
+// If the name was registered already it will be overwritten.
+func (r *Route) Name(name string) *Route {
+ if r.name != "" {
+ r.err = fmt.Errorf("mux: route already has name %q, can't set %q",
+ r.name, name)
+ }
+ if r.err == nil {
+ r.name = name
+ r.getNamedRoutes()[name] = r
+ }
+ return r
+}
+
+// GetName returns the name for the route, if any.
+func (r *Route) GetName() string {
+ return r.name
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Matchers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// matcher types try to match a request.
+type matcher interface {
+ Match(*http.Request, *RouteMatch) bool
+}
+
+// addMatcher adds a matcher to the route.
+func (r *Route) addMatcher(m matcher) *Route {
+ if r.err == nil {
+ r.matchers = append(r.matchers, m)
+ }
+ return r
+}
+
+// addRegexpMatcher adds a host or path matcher and builder to a route.
+func (r *Route) addRegexpMatcher(tpl string, matchHost, matchPrefix, matchQuery bool) error {
+ if r.err != nil {
+ return r.err
+ }
+ r.regexp = r.getRegexpGroup()
+ if !matchHost && !matchQuery {
+ if tpl == "/" && (len(tpl) == 0 || tpl[0] != '/') {
+ return fmt.Errorf("mux: path must start with a slash, got %q", tpl)
+ }
+ if r.regexp.path != nil {
+ tpl = strings.TrimRight(r.regexp.path.template, "/") + tpl
+ }
+ }
+ rr, err := newRouteRegexp(tpl, matchHost, matchPrefix, matchQuery, r.strictSlash, r.useEncodedPath)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ for _, q := range r.regexp.queries {
+ if err = uniqueVars(rr.varsN, q.varsN); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ }
+ if matchHost {
+ if r.regexp.path != nil {
+ if err = uniqueVars(rr.varsN, r.regexp.path.varsN); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ }
+ r.regexp.host = rr
+ } else {
+ if r.regexp.host != nil {
+ if err = uniqueVars(rr.varsN, r.regexp.host.varsN); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ }
+ if matchQuery {
+ r.regexp.queries = append(r.regexp.queries, rr)
+ } else {
+ r.regexp.path = rr
+ }
+ }
+ r.addMatcher(rr)
+ return nil
+}
+
+// Headers --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// headerMatcher matches the request against header values.
+type headerMatcher map[string]string
+
+func (m headerMatcher) Match(r *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+ return matchMapWithString(m, r.Header, true)
+}
+
+// Headers adds a matcher for request header values.
+// It accepts a sequence of key/value pairs to be matched. For example:
+//
+// r := mux.NewRouter()
+// r.Headers("Content-Type", "application/json",
+// "X-Requested-With", "XMLHttpRequest")
+//
+// The above route will only match if both request header values match.
+// If the value is an empty string, it will match any value if the key is set.
+func (r *Route) Headers(pairs ...string) *Route {
+ if r.err == nil {
+ var headers map[string]string
+ headers, r.err = mapFromPairsToString(pairs...)
+ return r.addMatcher(headerMatcher(headers))
+ }
+ return r
+}
+
+// headerRegexMatcher matches the request against the route given a regex for the header
+type headerRegexMatcher map[string]*regexp.Regexp
+
+func (m headerRegexMatcher) Match(r *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+ return matchMapWithRegex(m, r.Header, true)
+}
+
+// HeadersRegexp accepts a sequence of key/value pairs, where the value has regex
+// support. For example:
+//
+// r := mux.NewRouter()
+// r.HeadersRegexp("Content-Type", "application/(text|json)",
+// "X-Requested-With", "XMLHttpRequest")
+//
+// The above route will only match if both the request header matches both regular expressions.
+// It the value is an empty string, it will match any value if the key is set.
+func (r *Route) HeadersRegexp(pairs ...string) *Route {
+ if r.err == nil {
+ var headers map[string]*regexp.Regexp
+ headers, r.err = mapFromPairsToRegex(pairs...)
+ return r.addMatcher(headerRegexMatcher(headers))
+ }
+ return r
+}
+
+// Host -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Host adds a matcher for the URL host.
+// It accepts a template with zero or more URL variables enclosed by {}.
+// Variables can define an optional regexp pattern to be matched:
+//
+// - {name} matches anything until the next dot.
+//
+// - {name:pattern} matches the given regexp pattern.
+//
+// For example:
+//
+// r := mux.NewRouter()
+// r.Host("www.example.com")
+// r.Host("{subdomain}.domain.com")
+// r.Host("{subdomain:[a-z]+}.domain.com")
+//
+// Variable names must be unique in a given route. They can be retrieved
+// calling mux.Vars(request).
+func (r *Route) Host(tpl string) *Route {
+ r.err = r.addRegexpMatcher(tpl, true, false, false)
+ return r
+}
+
+// MatcherFunc ----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// MatcherFunc is the function signature used by custom matchers.
+type MatcherFunc func(*http.Request, *RouteMatch) bool
+
+// Match returns the match for a given request.
+func (m MatcherFunc) Match(r *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+ return m(r, match)
+}
+
+// MatcherFunc adds a custom function to be used as request matcher.
+func (r *Route) MatcherFunc(f MatcherFunc) *Route {
+ return r.addMatcher(f)
+}
+
+// Methods --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// methodMatcher matches the request against HTTP methods.
+type methodMatcher []string
+
+func (m methodMatcher) Match(r *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+ return matchInArray(m, r.Method)
+}
+
+// Methods adds a matcher for HTTP methods.
+// It accepts a sequence of one or more methods to be matched, e.g.:
+// "GET", "POST", "PUT".
+func (r *Route) Methods(methods ...string) *Route {
+ for k, v := range methods {
+ methods[k] = strings.ToUpper(v)
+ }
+ return r.addMatcher(methodMatcher(methods))
+}
+
+// Path -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Path adds a matcher for the URL path.
+// It accepts a template with zero or more URL variables enclosed by {}. The
+// template must start with a "/".
+// Variables can define an optional regexp pattern to be matched:
+//
+// - {name} matches anything until the next slash.
+//
+// - {name:pattern} matches the given regexp pattern.
+//
+// For example:
+//
+// r := mux.NewRouter()
+// r.Path("/products/").Handler(ProductsHandler)
+// r.Path("/products/{key}").Handler(ProductsHandler)
+// r.Path("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}").
+// Handler(ArticleHandler)
+//
+// Variable names must be unique in a given route. They can be retrieved
+// calling mux.Vars(request).
+func (r *Route) Path(tpl string) *Route {
+ r.err = r.addRegexpMatcher(tpl, false, false, false)
+ return r
+}
+
+// PathPrefix -----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// PathPrefix adds a matcher for the URL path prefix. This matches if the given
+// template is a prefix of the full URL path. See Route.Path() for details on
+// the tpl argument.
+//
+// Note that it does not treat slashes specially ("/foobar/" will be matched by
+// the prefix "/foo") so you may want to use a trailing slash here.
+//
+// Also note that the setting of Router.StrictSlash() has no effect on routes
+// with a PathPrefix matcher.
+func (r *Route) PathPrefix(tpl string) *Route {
+ r.err = r.addRegexpMatcher(tpl, false, true, false)
+ return r
+}
+
+// Query ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Queries adds a matcher for URL query values.
+// It accepts a sequence of key/value pairs. Values may define variables.
+// For example:
+//
+// r := mux.NewRouter()
+// r.Queries("foo", "bar", "id", "{id:[0-9]+}")
+//
+// The above route will only match if the URL contains the defined queries
+// values, e.g.: ?foo=bar&id=42.
+//
+// It the value is an empty string, it will match any value if the key is set.
+//
+// Variables can define an optional regexp pattern to be matched:
+//
+// - {name} matches anything until the next slash.
+//
+// - {name:pattern} matches the given regexp pattern.
+func (r *Route) Queries(pairs ...string) *Route {
+ length := len(pairs)
+ if length%2 != 0 {
+ r.err = fmt.Errorf(
+ "mux: number of parameters must be multiple of 2, got %v", pairs)
+ return nil
+ }
+ for i := 0; i < length; i += 2 {
+ if r.err = r.addRegexpMatcher(pairs[i]+"="+pairs[i+1], false, false, true); r.err != nil {
+ return r
+ }
+ }
+
+ return r
+}
+
+// Schemes --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// schemeMatcher matches the request against URL schemes.
+type schemeMatcher []string
+
+func (m schemeMatcher) Match(r *http.Request, match *RouteMatch) bool {
+ return matchInArray(m, r.URL.Scheme)
+}
+
+// Schemes adds a matcher for URL schemes.
+// It accepts a sequence of schemes to be matched, e.g.: "http", "https".
+func (r *Route) Schemes(schemes ...string) *Route {
+ for k, v := range schemes {
+ schemes[k] = strings.ToLower(v)
+ }
+ return r.addMatcher(schemeMatcher(schemes))
+}
+
+// BuildVarsFunc --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// BuildVarsFunc is the function signature used by custom build variable
+// functions (which can modify route variables before a route's URL is built).
+type BuildVarsFunc func(map[string]string) map[string]string
+
+// BuildVarsFunc adds a custom function to be used to modify build variables
+// before a route's URL is built.
+func (r *Route) BuildVarsFunc(f BuildVarsFunc) *Route {
+ r.buildVarsFunc = f
+ return r
+}
+
+// Subrouter ------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Subrouter creates a subrouter for the route.
+//
+// It will test the inner routes only if the parent route matched. For example:
+//
+// r := mux.NewRouter()
+// s := r.Host("www.example.com").Subrouter()
+// s.HandleFunc("/products/", ProductsHandler)
+// s.HandleFunc("/products/{key}", ProductHandler)
+// s.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}"), ArticleHandler)
+//
+// Here, the routes registered in the subrouter won't be tested if the host
+// doesn't match.
+func (r *Route) Subrouter() *Router {
+ router := &Router{parent: r, strictSlash: r.strictSlash}
+ r.addMatcher(router)
+ return router
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// URL building
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// URL builds a URL for the route.
+//
+// It accepts a sequence of key/value pairs for the route variables. For
+// example, given this route:
+//
+// r := mux.NewRouter()
+// r.HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}", ArticleHandler).
+// Name("article")
+//
+// ...a URL for it can be built using:
+//
+// url, err := r.Get("article").URL("category", "technology", "id", "42")
+//
+// ...which will return an url.URL with the following path:
+//
+// "/articles/technology/42"
+//
+// This also works for host variables:
+//
+// r := mux.NewRouter()
+// r.Host("{subdomain}.domain.com").
+// HandleFunc("/articles/{category}/{id:[0-9]+}", ArticleHandler).
+// Name("article")
+//
+// // url.String() will be "http://news.domain.com/articles/technology/42"
+// url, err := r.Get("article").URL("subdomain", "news",
+// "category", "technology",
+// "id", "42")
+//
+// All variables defined in the route are required, and their values must
+// conform to the corresponding patterns.
+func (r *Route) URL(pairs ...string) (*url.URL, error) {
+ if r.err != nil {
+ return nil, r.err
+ }
+ if r.regexp == nil {
+ return nil, errors.New("mux: route doesn't have a host or path")
+ }
+ values, err := r.prepareVars(pairs...)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ var scheme, host, path string
+ if r.regexp.host != nil {
+ // Set a default scheme.
+ scheme = "http"
+ if host, err = r.regexp.host.url(values); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ }
+ if r.regexp.path != nil {
+ if path, err = r.regexp.path.url(values); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ }
+ return &url.URL{
+ Scheme: scheme,
+ Host: host,
+ Path: path,
+ }, nil
+}
+
+// URLHost builds the host part of the URL for a route. See Route.URL().
+//
+// The route must have a host defined.
+func (r *Route) URLHost(pairs ...string) (*url.URL, error) {
+ if r.err != nil {
+ return nil, r.err
+ }
+ if r.regexp == nil || r.regexp.host == nil {
+ return nil, errors.New("mux: route doesn't have a host")
+ }
+ values, err := r.prepareVars(pairs...)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ host, err := r.regexp.host.url(values)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return &url.URL{
+ Scheme: "http",
+ Host: host,
+ }, nil
+}
+
+// URLPath builds the path part of the URL for a route. See Route.URL().
+//
+// The route must have a path defined.
+func (r *Route) URLPath(pairs ...string) (*url.URL, error) {
+ if r.err != nil {
+ return nil, r.err
+ }
+ if r.regexp == nil || r.regexp.path == nil {
+ return nil, errors.New("mux: route doesn't have a path")
+ }
+ values, err := r.prepareVars(pairs...)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ path, err := r.regexp.path.url(values)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return &url.URL{
+ Path: path,
+ }, nil
+}
+
+// GetPathTemplate returns the template used to build the
+// route match.
+// This is useful for building simple REST API documentation and for instrumentation
+// against third-party services.
+// An error will be returned if the route does not define a path.
+func (r *Route) GetPathTemplate() (string, error) {
+ if r.err != nil {
+ return "", r.err
+ }
+ if r.regexp == nil || r.regexp.path == nil {
+ return "", errors.New("mux: route doesn't have a path")
+ }
+ return r.regexp.path.template, nil
+}
+
+// GetHostTemplate returns the template used to build the
+// route match.
+// This is useful for building simple REST API documentation and for instrumentation
+// against third-party services.
+// An error will be returned if the route does not define a host.
+func (r *Route) GetHostTemplate() (string, error) {
+ if r.err != nil {
+ return "", r.err
+ }
+ if r.regexp == nil || r.regexp.host == nil {
+ return "", errors.New("mux: route doesn't have a host")
+ }
+ return r.regexp.host.template, nil
+}
+
+// prepareVars converts the route variable pairs into a map. If the route has a
+// BuildVarsFunc, it is invoked.
+func (r *Route) prepareVars(pairs ...string) (map[string]string, error) {
+ m, err := mapFromPairsToString(pairs...)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return r.buildVars(m), nil
+}
+
+func (r *Route) buildVars(m map[string]string) map[string]string {
+ if r.parent != nil {
+ m = r.parent.buildVars(m)
+ }
+ if r.buildVarsFunc != nil {
+ m = r.buildVarsFunc(m)
+ }
+ return m
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// parentRoute
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// parentRoute allows routes to know about parent host and path definitions.
+type parentRoute interface {
+ getNamedRoutes() map[string]*Route
+ getRegexpGroup() *routeRegexpGroup
+ buildVars(map[string]string) map[string]string
+}
+
+// getNamedRoutes returns the map where named routes are registered.
+func (r *Route) getNamedRoutes() map[string]*Route {
+ if r.parent == nil {
+ // During tests router is not always set.
+ r.parent = NewRouter()
+ }
+ return r.parent.getNamedRoutes()
+}
+
+// getRegexpGroup returns regexp definitions from this route.
+func (r *Route) getRegexpGroup() *routeRegexpGroup {
+ if r.regexp == nil {
+ if r.parent == nil {
+ // During tests router is not always set.
+ r.parent = NewRouter()
+ }
+ regexp := r.parent.getRegexpGroup()
+ if regexp == nil {
+ r.regexp = new(routeRegexpGroup)
+ } else {
+ // Copy.
+ r.regexp = &routeRegexpGroup{
+ host: regexp.host,
+ path: regexp.path,
+ queries: regexp.queries,
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return r.regexp
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/LICENSE b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c33dcc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+ means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+ creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+ means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+ Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+ means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+ means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+ notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+ Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+ thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+ means
+
+ a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+ Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+ b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+ 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+ Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+ means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+ means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+ file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+ means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+ means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+ time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+ this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+ means any of the following:
+
+ a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+ from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+ b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+ means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+ and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+ would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+ using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+ either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+ means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+ General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+ License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+ means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+ means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+ License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+ controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+ definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+ the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+ otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+ outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+ Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+ non-exclusive license:
+
+ a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+ Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+ modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+ Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+ part of a Larger Work; and
+
+ b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+ sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+ or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+ The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+ effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+ such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+ The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+ License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+ or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+ 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+ a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+ b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+ modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+ Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+ Version); or
+
+ c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+ Contributions.
+
+ This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+ logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+ notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+ No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+ distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+ (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+ under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+ Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+ are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+ rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+ This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+ copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+ Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+ Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+ All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+ Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+ terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+ of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+ they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+ restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+ If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+ a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+ as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+ Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+ reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+ of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+ b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+ or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+ the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+ rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+ You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+ provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+ Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+ with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+ Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+ You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+ such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+ their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+ either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+ You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+ copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+ of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+ Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+ required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+ You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+ indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+ Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+ of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+ warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+ alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+ liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+ indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+ disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+ jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+ If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+ with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+ order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+ to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+ they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+ distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+ extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+ sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+ understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+ fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+ then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+ are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+ explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+ if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+ reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+ Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+ ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+ some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+ non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+ compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+ infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+ and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+ indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+ all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+ shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+ license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+ validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+ termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+ Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+ warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+ without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+ merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+ risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+ Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+ Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+ correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+ License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+ except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+ Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+ negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+ distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+ direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+ character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+ goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+ other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+ informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+ shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+ party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+ Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+ consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+ Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+ a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+ and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+ reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+ prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+ This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+ hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+ provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+ enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+ contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+ this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+ Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+ 10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+ publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+ distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+ You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+ the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+ under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+ steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+ If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+ create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+ version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+ references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+ modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+ If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+ Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+ notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+ This Source Code Form is subject to the
+ terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+ 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+ distributed with this file, You can
+ obtain one at
+ http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+ This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+ With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+ the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/README.md b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e64988
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Consul API client
+=================
+
+This package provides the `api` package which attempts to
+provide programmatic access to the full Consul API.
+
+Currently, all of the Consul APIs included in version 0.6.0 are supported.
+
+Documentation
+=============
+
+The full documentation is available on [Godoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api)
+
+Usage
+=====
+
+Below is an example of using the Consul client:
+
+```go
+// Get a new client
+client, err := api.NewClient(api.DefaultConfig())
+if err != nil {
+ panic(err)
+}
+
+// Get a handle to the KV API
+kv := client.KV()
+
+// PUT a new KV pair
+p := &api.KVPair{Key: "foo", Value: []byte("test")}
+_, err = kv.Put(p, nil)
+if err != nil {
+ panic(err)
+}
+
+// Lookup the pair
+pair, _, err := kv.Get("foo", nil)
+if err != nil {
+ panic(err)
+}
+fmt.Printf("KV: %v", pair)
+
+```
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/acl.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/acl.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3fb0d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/acl.go
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+package api
+
+const (
+ // ACLCLientType is the client type token
+ ACLClientType = "client"
+
+ // ACLManagementType is the management type token
+ ACLManagementType = "management"
+)
+
+// ACLEntry is used to represent an ACL entry
+type ACLEntry struct {
+ CreateIndex uint64
+ ModifyIndex uint64
+ ID string
+ Name string
+ Type string
+ Rules string
+}
+
+// ACL can be used to query the ACL endpoints
+type ACL struct {
+ c *Client
+}
+
+// ACL returns a handle to the ACL endpoints
+func (c *Client) ACL() *ACL {
+ return &ACL{c}
+}
+
+// Create is used to generate a new token with the given parameters
+func (a *ACL) Create(acl *ACLEntry, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/create")
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ r.obj = acl
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return "", nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
+ var out struct{ ID string }
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return "", nil, err
+ }
+ return out.ID, wm, nil
+}
+
+// Update is used to update the rules of an existing token
+func (a *ACL) Update(acl *ACLEntry, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/update")
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ r.obj = acl
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
+ return wm, nil
+}
+
+// Destroy is used to destroy a given ACL token ID
+func (a *ACL) Destroy(id string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/destroy/"+id)
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+
+ wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
+ return wm, nil
+}
+
+// Clone is used to return a new token cloned from an existing one
+func (a *ACL) Clone(id string, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/clone/"+id)
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return "", nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
+ var out struct{ ID string }
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return "", nil, err
+ }
+ return out.ID, wm, nil
+}
+
+// Info is used to query for information about an ACL token
+func (a *ACL) Info(id string, q *QueryOptions) (*ACLEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/acl/info/"+id)
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var entries []*ACLEntry
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ if len(entries) > 0 {
+ return entries[0], qm, nil
+ }
+ return nil, qm, nil
+}
+
+// List is used to get all the ACL tokens
+func (a *ACL) List(q *QueryOptions) ([]*ACLEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/acl/list")
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var entries []*ACLEntry
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return entries, qm, nil
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/agent.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/agent.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1893d1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/agent.go
@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+ "bufio"
+ "fmt"
+)
+
+// AgentCheck represents a check known to the agent
+type AgentCheck struct {
+ Node string
+ CheckID string
+ Name string
+ Status string
+ Notes string
+ Output string
+ ServiceID string
+ ServiceName string
+}
+
+// AgentService represents a service known to the agent
+type AgentService struct {
+ ID string
+ Service string
+ Tags []string
+ Port int
+ Address string
+ EnableTagOverride bool
+}
+
+// AgentMember represents a cluster member known to the agent
+type AgentMember struct {
+ Name string
+ Addr string
+ Port uint16
+ Tags map[string]string
+ Status int
+ ProtocolMin uint8
+ ProtocolMax uint8
+ ProtocolCur uint8
+ DelegateMin uint8
+ DelegateMax uint8
+ DelegateCur uint8
+}
+
+// AgentServiceRegistration is used to register a new service
+type AgentServiceRegistration struct {
+ ID string `json:",omitempty"`
+ Name string `json:",omitempty"`
+ Tags []string `json:",omitempty"`
+ Port int `json:",omitempty"`
+ Address string `json:",omitempty"`
+ EnableTagOverride bool `json:",omitempty"`
+ Check *AgentServiceCheck
+ Checks AgentServiceChecks
+}
+
+// AgentCheckRegistration is used to register a new check
+type AgentCheckRegistration struct {
+ ID string `json:",omitempty"`
+ Name string `json:",omitempty"`
+ Notes string `json:",omitempty"`
+ ServiceID string `json:",omitempty"`
+ AgentServiceCheck
+}
+
+// AgentServiceCheck is used to define a node or service level check
+type AgentServiceCheck struct {
+ Script string `json:",omitempty"`
+ DockerContainerID string `json:",omitempty"`
+ Shell string `json:",omitempty"` // Only supported for Docker.
+ Interval string `json:",omitempty"`
+ Timeout string `json:",omitempty"`
+ TTL string `json:",omitempty"`
+ HTTP string `json:",omitempty"`
+ TCP string `json:",omitempty"`
+ Status string `json:",omitempty"`
+ Notes string `json:",omitempty"`
+ TLSSkipVerify bool `json:",omitempty"`
+
+ // In Consul 0.7 and later, checks that are associated with a service
+ // may also contain this optional DeregisterCriticalServiceAfter field,
+ // which is a timeout in the same Go time format as Interval and TTL. If
+ // a check is in the critical state for more than this configured value,
+ // then its associated service (and all of its associated checks) will
+ // automatically be deregistered.
+ DeregisterCriticalServiceAfter string `json:",omitempty"`
+}
+type AgentServiceChecks []*AgentServiceCheck
+
+// Agent can be used to query the Agent endpoints
+type Agent struct {
+ c *Client
+
+ // cache the node name
+ nodeName string
+}
+
+// Agent returns a handle to the agent endpoints
+func (c *Client) Agent() *Agent {
+ return &Agent{c: c}
+}
+
+// Self is used to query the agent we are speaking to for
+// information about itself
+func (a *Agent) Self() (map[string]map[string]interface{}, error) {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/self")
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ var out map[string]map[string]interface{}
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return out, nil
+}
+
+// Reload triggers a configuration reload for the agent we are connected to.
+func (a *Agent) Reload() error {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/reload")
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// NodeName is used to get the node name of the agent
+func (a *Agent) NodeName() (string, error) {
+ if a.nodeName != "" {
+ return a.nodeName, nil
+ }
+ info, err := a.Self()
+ if err != nil {
+ return "", err
+ }
+ name := info["Config"]["NodeName"].(string)
+ a.nodeName = name
+ return name, nil
+}
+
+// Checks returns the locally registered checks
+func (a *Agent) Checks() (map[string]*AgentCheck, error) {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/checks")
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ var out map[string]*AgentCheck
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return out, nil
+}
+
+// Services returns the locally registered services
+func (a *Agent) Services() (map[string]*AgentService, error) {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/services")
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ var out map[string]*AgentService
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return out, nil
+}
+
+// Members returns the known gossip members. The WAN
+// flag can be used to query a server for WAN members.
+func (a *Agent) Members(wan bool) ([]*AgentMember, error) {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/members")
+ if wan {
+ r.params.Set("wan", "1")
+ }
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ var out []*AgentMember
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return out, nil
+}
+
+// ServiceRegister is used to register a new service with
+// the local agent
+func (a *Agent) ServiceRegister(service *AgentServiceRegistration) error {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/service/register")
+ r.obj = service
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// ServiceDeregister is used to deregister a service with
+// the local agent
+func (a *Agent) ServiceDeregister(serviceID string) error {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/service/deregister/"+serviceID)
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// PassTTL is used to set a TTL check to the passing state.
+//
+// DEPRECATION NOTICE: This interface is deprecated in favor of UpdateTTL().
+// The client interface will be removed in 0.8 or changed to use
+// UpdateTTL()'s endpoint and the server endpoints will be removed in 0.9.
+func (a *Agent) PassTTL(checkID, note string) error {
+ return a.updateTTL(checkID, note, "pass")
+}
+
+// WarnTTL is used to set a TTL check to the warning state.
+//
+// DEPRECATION NOTICE: This interface is deprecated in favor of UpdateTTL().
+// The client interface will be removed in 0.8 or changed to use
+// UpdateTTL()'s endpoint and the server endpoints will be removed in 0.9.
+func (a *Agent) WarnTTL(checkID, note string) error {
+ return a.updateTTL(checkID, note, "warn")
+}
+
+// FailTTL is used to set a TTL check to the failing state.
+//
+// DEPRECATION NOTICE: This interface is deprecated in favor of UpdateTTL().
+// The client interface will be removed in 0.8 or changed to use
+// UpdateTTL()'s endpoint and the server endpoints will be removed in 0.9.
+func (a *Agent) FailTTL(checkID, note string) error {
+ return a.updateTTL(checkID, note, "fail")
+}
+
+// updateTTL is used to update the TTL of a check. This is the internal
+// method that uses the old API that's present in Consul versions prior to
+// 0.6.4. Since Consul didn't have an analogous "update" API before it seemed
+// ok to break this (former) UpdateTTL in favor of the new UpdateTTL below,
+// but keep the old Pass/Warn/Fail methods using the old API under the hood.
+//
+// DEPRECATION NOTICE: This interface is deprecated in favor of UpdateTTL().
+// The client interface will be removed in 0.8 and the server endpoints will
+// be removed in 0.9.
+func (a *Agent) updateTTL(checkID, note, status string) error {
+ switch status {
+ case "pass":
+ case "warn":
+ case "fail":
+ default:
+ return fmt.Errorf("Invalid status: %s", status)
+ }
+ endpoint := fmt.Sprintf("/v1/agent/check/%s/%s", status, checkID)
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", endpoint)
+ r.params.Set("note", note)
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// checkUpdate is the payload for a PUT for a check update.
+type checkUpdate struct {
+ // Status is one of the api.Health* states: HealthPassing
+ // ("passing"), HealthWarning ("warning"), or HealthCritical
+ // ("critical").
+ Status string
+
+ // Output is the information to post to the UI for operators as the
+ // output of the process that decided to hit the TTL check. This is
+ // different from the note field that's associated with the check
+ // itself.
+ Output string
+}
+
+// UpdateTTL is used to update the TTL of a check. This uses the newer API
+// that was introduced in Consul 0.6.4 and later. We translate the old status
+// strings for compatibility (though a newer version of Consul will still be
+// required to use this API).
+func (a *Agent) UpdateTTL(checkID, output, status string) error {
+ switch status {
+ case "pass", HealthPassing:
+ status = HealthPassing
+ case "warn", HealthWarning:
+ status = HealthWarning
+ case "fail", HealthCritical:
+ status = HealthCritical
+ default:
+ return fmt.Errorf("Invalid status: %s", status)
+ }
+
+ endpoint := fmt.Sprintf("/v1/agent/check/update/%s", checkID)
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", endpoint)
+ r.obj = &checkUpdate{
+ Status: status,
+ Output: output,
+ }
+
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// CheckRegister is used to register a new check with
+// the local agent
+func (a *Agent) CheckRegister(check *AgentCheckRegistration) error {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/check/register")
+ r.obj = check
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// CheckDeregister is used to deregister a check with
+// the local agent
+func (a *Agent) CheckDeregister(checkID string) error {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/check/deregister/"+checkID)
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// Join is used to instruct the agent to attempt a join to
+// another cluster member
+func (a *Agent) Join(addr string, wan bool) error {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/join/"+addr)
+ if wan {
+ r.params.Set("wan", "1")
+ }
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// Leave is used to have the agent gracefully leave the cluster and shutdown
+func (a *Agent) Leave() error {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/leave")
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// ForceLeave is used to have the agent eject a failed node
+func (a *Agent) ForceLeave(node string) error {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/force-leave/"+node)
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// EnableServiceMaintenance toggles service maintenance mode on
+// for the given service ID.
+func (a *Agent) EnableServiceMaintenance(serviceID, reason string) error {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/service/maintenance/"+serviceID)
+ r.params.Set("enable", "true")
+ r.params.Set("reason", reason)
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// DisableServiceMaintenance toggles service maintenance mode off
+// for the given service ID.
+func (a *Agent) DisableServiceMaintenance(serviceID string) error {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/service/maintenance/"+serviceID)
+ r.params.Set("enable", "false")
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// EnableNodeMaintenance toggles node maintenance mode on for the
+// agent we are connected to.
+func (a *Agent) EnableNodeMaintenance(reason string) error {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/maintenance")
+ r.params.Set("enable", "true")
+ r.params.Set("reason", reason)
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// DisableNodeMaintenance toggles node maintenance mode off for the
+// agent we are connected to.
+func (a *Agent) DisableNodeMaintenance() error {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/maintenance")
+ r.params.Set("enable", "false")
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// Monitor returns a channel which will receive streaming logs from the agent
+// Providing a non-nil stopCh can be used to close the connection and stop the
+// log stream
+func (a *Agent) Monitor(loglevel string, stopCh chan struct{}, q *QueryOptions) (chan string, error) {
+ r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/monitor")
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ if loglevel != "" {
+ r.params.Add("loglevel", loglevel)
+ }
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+
+ logCh := make(chan string, 64)
+ go func() {
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ scanner := bufio.NewScanner(resp.Body)
+ for {
+ select {
+ case <-stopCh:
+ close(logCh)
+ return
+ default:
+ }
+ if scanner.Scan() {
+ logCh <- scanner.Text()
+ }
+ }
+ }()
+
+ return logCh, nil
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/api.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/api.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a59b72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/api.go
@@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+ "bytes"
+ "crypto/tls"
+ "crypto/x509"
+ "encoding/json"
+ "fmt"
+ "io"
+ "io/ioutil"
+ "log"
+ "net"
+ "net/http"
+ "net/url"
+ "os"
+ "strconv"
+ "strings"
+ "time"
+
+ "github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp"
+)
+
+const (
+ // HTTPAddrEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets
+ // the HTTP address if there is no -http-addr specified.
+ HTTPAddrEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_ADDR"
+
+ // HTTPTokenEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets
+ // the HTTP token.
+ HTTPTokenEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_TOKEN"
+
+ // HTTPAuthEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets
+ // the HTTP authentication header.
+ HTTPAuthEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_AUTH"
+
+ // HTTPSSLEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets
+ // whether or not to use HTTPS.
+ HTTPSSLEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_SSL"
+
+ // HTTPSSLVerifyEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets
+ // whether or not to disable certificate checking.
+ HTTPSSLVerifyEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_SSL_VERIFY"
+)
+
+// QueryOptions are used to parameterize a query
+type QueryOptions struct {
+ // Providing a datacenter overwrites the DC provided
+ // by the Config
+ Datacenter string
+
+ // AllowStale allows any Consul server (non-leader) to service
+ // a read. This allows for lower latency and higher throughput
+ AllowStale bool
+
+ // RequireConsistent forces the read to be fully consistent.
+ // This is more expensive but prevents ever performing a stale
+ // read.
+ RequireConsistent bool
+
+ // WaitIndex is used to enable a blocking query. Waits
+ // until the timeout or the next index is reached
+ WaitIndex uint64
+
+ // WaitTime is used to bound the duration of a wait.
+ // Defaults to that of the Config, but can be overridden.
+ WaitTime time.Duration
+
+ // Token is used to provide a per-request ACL token
+ // which overrides the agent's default token.
+ Token string
+
+ // Near is used to provide a node name that will sort the results
+ // in ascending order based on the estimated round trip time from
+ // that node. Setting this to "_agent" will use the agent's node
+ // for the sort.
+ Near string
+
+ // NodeMeta is used to filter results by nodes with the given
+ // metadata key/value pairs. Currently, only one key/value pair can
+ // be provided for filtering.
+ NodeMeta map[string]string
+}
+
+// WriteOptions are used to parameterize a write
+type WriteOptions struct {
+ // Providing a datacenter overwrites the DC provided
+ // by the Config
+ Datacenter string
+
+ // Token is used to provide a per-request ACL token
+ // which overrides the agent's default token.
+ Token string
+}
+
+// QueryMeta is used to return meta data about a query
+type QueryMeta struct {
+ // LastIndex. This can be used as a WaitIndex to perform
+ // a blocking query
+ LastIndex uint64
+
+ // Time of last contact from the leader for the
+ // server servicing the request
+ LastContact time.Duration
+
+ // Is there a known leader
+ KnownLeader bool
+
+ // How long did the request take
+ RequestTime time.Duration
+
+ // Is address translation enabled for HTTP responses on this agent
+ AddressTranslationEnabled bool
+}
+
+// WriteMeta is used to return meta data about a write
+type WriteMeta struct {
+ // How long did the request take
+ RequestTime time.Duration
+}
+
+// HttpBasicAuth is used to authenticate http client with HTTP Basic Authentication
+type HttpBasicAuth struct {
+ // Username to use for HTTP Basic Authentication
+ Username string
+
+ // Password to use for HTTP Basic Authentication
+ Password string
+}
+
+// Config is used to configure the creation of a client
+type Config struct {
+ // Address is the address of the Consul server
+ Address string
+
+ // Scheme is the URI scheme for the Consul server
+ Scheme string
+
+ // Datacenter to use. If not provided, the default agent datacenter is used.
+ Datacenter string
+
+ // HttpClient is the client to use. Default will be
+ // used if not provided.
+ HttpClient *http.Client
+
+ // HttpAuth is the auth info to use for http access.
+ HttpAuth *HttpBasicAuth
+
+ // WaitTime limits how long a Watch will block. If not provided,
+ // the agent default values will be used.
+ WaitTime time.Duration
+
+ // Token is used to provide a per-request ACL token
+ // which overrides the agent's default token.
+ Token string
+}
+
+// TLSConfig is used to generate a TLSClientConfig that's useful for talking to
+// Consul using TLS.
+type TLSConfig struct {
+ // Address is the optional address of the Consul server. The port, if any
+ // will be removed from here and this will be set to the ServerName of the
+ // resulting config.
+ Address string
+
+ // CAFile is the optional path to the CA certificate used for Consul
+ // communication, defaults to the system bundle if not specified.
+ CAFile string
+
+ // CertFile is the optional path to the certificate for Consul
+ // communication. If this is set then you need to also set KeyFile.
+ CertFile string
+
+ // KeyFile is the optional path to the private key for Consul communication.
+ // If this is set then you need to also set CertFile.
+ KeyFile string
+
+ // InsecureSkipVerify if set to true will disable TLS host verification.
+ InsecureSkipVerify bool
+}
+
+// DefaultConfig returns a default configuration for the client. By default this
+// will pool and reuse idle connections to Consul. If you have a long-lived
+// client object, this is the desired behavior and should make the most efficient
+// use of the connections to Consul. If you don't reuse a client object , which
+// is not recommended, then you may notice idle connections building up over
+// time. To avoid this, use the DefaultNonPooledConfig() instead.
+func DefaultConfig() *Config {
+ return defaultConfig(cleanhttp.DefaultPooledTransport)
+}
+
+// DefaultNonPooledConfig returns a default configuration for the client which
+// does not pool connections. This isn't a recommended configuration because it
+// will reconnect to Consul on every request, but this is useful to avoid the
+// accumulation of idle connections if you make many client objects during the
+// lifetime of your application.
+func DefaultNonPooledConfig() *Config {
+ return defaultConfig(cleanhttp.DefaultTransport)
+}
+
+// defaultConfig returns the default configuration for the client, using the
+// given function to make the transport.
+func defaultConfig(transportFn func() *http.Transport) *Config {
+ config := &Config{
+ Address: "127.0.0.1:8500",
+ Scheme: "http",
+ HttpClient: &http.Client{
+ Transport: transportFn(),
+ },
+ }
+
+ if addr := os.Getenv(HTTPAddrEnvName); addr != "" {
+ config.Address = addr
+ }
+
+ if token := os.Getenv(HTTPTokenEnvName); token != "" {
+ config.Token = token
+ }
+
+ if auth := os.Getenv(HTTPAuthEnvName); auth != "" {
+ var username, password string
+ if strings.Contains(auth, ":") {
+ split := strings.SplitN(auth, ":", 2)
+ username = split[0]
+ password = split[1]
+ } else {
+ username = auth
+ }
+
+ config.HttpAuth = &HttpBasicAuth{
+ Username: username,
+ Password: password,
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ssl := os.Getenv(HTTPSSLEnvName); ssl != "" {
+ enabled, err := strconv.ParseBool(ssl)
+ if err != nil {
+ log.Printf("[WARN] client: could not parse %s: %s", HTTPSSLEnvName, err)
+ }
+
+ if enabled {
+ config.Scheme = "https"
+ }
+ }
+
+ if verify := os.Getenv(HTTPSSLVerifyEnvName); verify != "" {
+ doVerify, err := strconv.ParseBool(verify)
+ if err != nil {
+ log.Printf("[WARN] client: could not parse %s: %s", HTTPSSLVerifyEnvName, err)
+ }
+
+ if !doVerify {
+ tlsClientConfig, err := SetupTLSConfig(&TLSConfig{
+ InsecureSkipVerify: true,
+ })
+
+ // We don't expect this to fail given that we aren't
+ // parsing any of the input, but we panic just in case
+ // since this doesn't have an error return.
+ if err != nil {
+ panic(err)
+ }
+
+ transport := transportFn()
+ transport.TLSClientConfig = tlsClientConfig
+ config.HttpClient.Transport = transport
+ }
+ }
+
+ return config
+}
+
+// TLSConfig is used to generate a TLSClientConfig that's useful for talking to
+// Consul using TLS.
+func SetupTLSConfig(tlsConfig *TLSConfig) (*tls.Config, error) {
+ tlsClientConfig := &tls.Config{
+ InsecureSkipVerify: tlsConfig.InsecureSkipVerify,
+ }
+
+ if tlsConfig.Address != "" {
+ server := tlsConfig.Address
+ hasPort := strings.LastIndex(server, ":") > strings.LastIndex(server, "]")
+ if hasPort {
+ var err error
+ server, _, err = net.SplitHostPort(server)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ }
+ tlsClientConfig.ServerName = server
+ }
+
+ if tlsConfig.CertFile != "" && tlsConfig.KeyFile != "" {
+ tlsCert, err := tls.LoadX509KeyPair(tlsConfig.CertFile, tlsConfig.KeyFile)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ tlsClientConfig.Certificates = []tls.Certificate{tlsCert}
+ }
+
+ if tlsConfig.CAFile != "" {
+ data, err := ioutil.ReadFile(tlsConfig.CAFile)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to read CA file: %v", err)
+ }
+
+ caPool := x509.NewCertPool()
+ if !caPool.AppendCertsFromPEM(data) {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to parse CA certificate")
+ }
+ tlsClientConfig.RootCAs = caPool
+ }
+
+ return tlsClientConfig, nil
+}
+
+// Client provides a client to the Consul API
+type Client struct {
+ config Config
+}
+
+// NewClient returns a new client
+func NewClient(config *Config) (*Client, error) {
+ // bootstrap the config
+ defConfig := DefaultConfig()
+
+ if len(config.Address) == 0 {
+ config.Address = defConfig.Address
+ }
+
+ if len(config.Scheme) == 0 {
+ config.Scheme = defConfig.Scheme
+ }
+
+ if config.HttpClient == nil {
+ config.HttpClient = defConfig.HttpClient
+ }
+
+ if parts := strings.SplitN(config.Address, "unix://", 2); len(parts) == 2 {
+ trans := cleanhttp.DefaultTransport()
+ trans.Dial = func(_, _ string) (net.Conn, error) {
+ return net.Dial("unix", parts[1])
+ }
+ config.HttpClient = &http.Client{
+ Transport: trans,
+ }
+ config.Address = parts[1]
+ }
+
+ client := &Client{
+ config: *config,
+ }
+ return client, nil
+}
+
+// request is used to help build up a request
+type request struct {
+ config *Config
+ method string
+ url *url.URL
+ params url.Values
+ body io.Reader
+ header http.Header
+ obj interface{}
+}
+
+// setQueryOptions is used to annotate the request with
+// additional query options
+func (r *request) setQueryOptions(q *QueryOptions) {
+ if q == nil {
+ return
+ }
+ if q.Datacenter != "" {
+ r.params.Set("dc", q.Datacenter)
+ }
+ if q.AllowStale {
+ r.params.Set("stale", "")
+ }
+ if q.RequireConsistent {
+ r.params.Set("consistent", "")
+ }
+ if q.WaitIndex != 0 {
+ r.params.Set("index", strconv.FormatUint(q.WaitIndex, 10))
+ }
+ if q.WaitTime != 0 {
+ r.params.Set("wait", durToMsec(q.WaitTime))
+ }
+ if q.Token != "" {
+ r.header.Set("X-Consul-Token", q.Token)
+ }
+ if q.Near != "" {
+ r.params.Set("near", q.Near)
+ }
+ if len(q.NodeMeta) > 0 {
+ for key, value := range q.NodeMeta {
+ r.params.Add("node-meta", key+":"+value)
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// durToMsec converts a duration to a millisecond specified string. If the
+// user selected a positive value that rounds to 0 ms, then we will use 1 ms
+// so they get a short delay, otherwise Consul will translate the 0 ms into
+// a huge default delay.
+func durToMsec(dur time.Duration) string {
+ ms := dur / time.Millisecond
+ if dur > 0 && ms == 0 {
+ ms = 1
+ }
+ return fmt.Sprintf("%dms", ms)
+}
+
+// serverError is a string we look for to detect 500 errors.
+const serverError = "Unexpected response code: 500"
+
+// IsServerError returns true for 500 errors from the Consul servers, these are
+// usually retryable at a later time.
+func IsServerError(err error) bool {
+ if err == nil {
+ return false
+ }
+
+ // TODO (slackpad) - Make a real error type here instead of using
+ // a string check.
+ return strings.Contains(err.Error(), serverError)
+}
+
+// setWriteOptions is used to annotate the request with
+// additional write options
+func (r *request) setWriteOptions(q *WriteOptions) {
+ if q == nil {
+ return
+ }
+ if q.Datacenter != "" {
+ r.params.Set("dc", q.Datacenter)
+ }
+ if q.Token != "" {
+ r.header.Set("X-Consul-Token", q.Token)
+ }
+}
+
+// toHTTP converts the request to an HTTP request
+func (r *request) toHTTP() (*http.Request, error) {
+ // Encode the query parameters
+ r.url.RawQuery = r.params.Encode()
+
+ // Check if we should encode the body
+ if r.body == nil && r.obj != nil {
+ if b, err := encodeBody(r.obj); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ } else {
+ r.body = b
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Create the HTTP request
+ req, err := http.NewRequest(r.method, r.url.RequestURI(), r.body)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+
+ req.URL.Host = r.url.Host
+ req.URL.Scheme = r.url.Scheme
+ req.Host = r.url.Host
+ req.Header = r.header
+
+ // Setup auth
+ if r.config.HttpAuth != nil {
+ req.SetBasicAuth(r.config.HttpAuth.Username, r.config.HttpAuth.Password)
+ }
+
+ return req, nil
+}
+
+// newRequest is used to create a new request
+func (c *Client) newRequest(method, path string) *request {
+ r := &request{
+ config: &c.config,
+ method: method,
+ url: &url.URL{
+ Scheme: c.config.Scheme,
+ Host: c.config.Address,
+ Path: path,
+ },
+ params: make(map[string][]string),
+ header: make(http.Header),
+ }
+ if c.config.Datacenter != "" {
+ r.params.Set("dc", c.config.Datacenter)
+ }
+ if c.config.WaitTime != 0 {
+ r.params.Set("wait", durToMsec(r.config.WaitTime))
+ }
+ if c.config.Token != "" {
+ r.header.Set("X-Consul-Token", r.config.Token)
+ }
+ return r
+}
+
+// doRequest runs a request with our client
+func (c *Client) doRequest(r *request) (time.Duration, *http.Response, error) {
+ req, err := r.toHTTP()
+ if err != nil {
+ return 0, nil, err
+ }
+ start := time.Now()
+ resp, err := c.config.HttpClient.Do(req)
+ diff := time.Now().Sub(start)
+ return diff, resp, err
+}
+
+// Query is used to do a GET request against an endpoint
+// and deserialize the response into an interface using
+// standard Consul conventions.
+func (c *Client) query(endpoint string, out interface{}, q *QueryOptions) (*QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := c.newRequest("GET", endpoint)
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, out); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return qm, nil
+}
+
+// write is used to do a PUT request against an endpoint
+// and serialize/deserialized using the standard Consul conventions.
+func (c *Client) write(endpoint string, in, out interface{}, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
+ r := c.newRequest("PUT", endpoint)
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ r.obj = in
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
+ if out != nil {
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ }
+ return wm, nil
+}
+
+// parseQueryMeta is used to help parse query meta-data
+func parseQueryMeta(resp *http.Response, q *QueryMeta) error {
+ header := resp.Header
+
+ // Parse the X-Consul-Index
+ index, err := strconv.ParseUint(header.Get("X-Consul-Index"), 10, 64)
+ if err != nil {
+ return fmt.Errorf("Failed to parse X-Consul-Index: %v", err)
+ }
+ q.LastIndex = index
+
+ // Parse the X-Consul-LastContact
+ last, err := strconv.ParseUint(header.Get("X-Consul-LastContact"), 10, 64)
+ if err != nil {
+ return fmt.Errorf("Failed to parse X-Consul-LastContact: %v", err)
+ }
+ q.LastContact = time.Duration(last) * time.Millisecond
+
+ // Parse the X-Consul-KnownLeader
+ switch header.Get("X-Consul-KnownLeader") {
+ case "true":
+ q.KnownLeader = true
+ default:
+ q.KnownLeader = false
+ }
+
+ // Parse X-Consul-Translate-Addresses
+ switch header.Get("X-Consul-Translate-Addresses") {
+ case "true":
+ q.AddressTranslationEnabled = true
+ default:
+ q.AddressTranslationEnabled = false
+ }
+
+ return nil
+}
+
+// decodeBody is used to JSON decode a body
+func decodeBody(resp *http.Response, out interface{}) error {
+ dec := json.NewDecoder(resp.Body)
+ return dec.Decode(out)
+}
+
+// encodeBody is used to encode a request body
+func encodeBody(obj interface{}) (io.Reader, error) {
+ buf := bytes.NewBuffer(nil)
+ enc := json.NewEncoder(buf)
+ if err := enc.Encode(obj); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return buf, nil
+}
+
+// requireOK is used to wrap doRequest and check for a 200
+func requireOK(d time.Duration, resp *http.Response, e error) (time.Duration, *http.Response, error) {
+ if e != nil {
+ if resp != nil {
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ }
+ return d, nil, e
+ }
+ if resp.StatusCode != 200 {
+ var buf bytes.Buffer
+ io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body)
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return d, nil, fmt.Errorf("Unexpected response code: %d (%s)", resp.StatusCode, buf.Bytes())
+ }
+ return d, resp, nil
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/catalog.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/catalog.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96226f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/catalog.go
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+package api
+
+type Node struct {
+ ID string
+ Node string
+ Address string
+ TaggedAddresses map[string]string
+ Meta map[string]string
+}
+
+type CatalogService struct {
+ ID string
+ Node string
+ Address string
+ TaggedAddresses map[string]string
+ NodeMeta map[string]string
+ ServiceID string
+ ServiceName string
+ ServiceAddress string
+ ServiceTags []string
+ ServicePort int
+ ServiceEnableTagOverride bool
+ CreateIndex uint64
+ ModifyIndex uint64
+}
+
+type CatalogNode struct {
+ Node *Node
+ Services map[string]*AgentService
+}
+
+type CatalogRegistration struct {
+ ID string
+ Node string
+ Address string
+ TaggedAddresses map[string]string
+ NodeMeta map[string]string
+ Datacenter string
+ Service *AgentService
+ Check *AgentCheck
+}
+
+type CatalogDeregistration struct {
+ Node string
+ Address string // Obsolete.
+ Datacenter string
+ ServiceID string
+ CheckID string
+}
+
+// Catalog can be used to query the Catalog endpoints
+type Catalog struct {
+ c *Client
+}
+
+// Catalog returns a handle to the catalog endpoints
+func (c *Client) Catalog() *Catalog {
+ return &Catalog{c}
+}
+
+func (c *Catalog) Register(reg *CatalogRegistration, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
+ r := c.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/catalog/register")
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ r.obj = reg
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+
+ wm := &WriteMeta{}
+ wm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ return wm, nil
+}
+
+func (c *Catalog) Deregister(dereg *CatalogDeregistration, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
+ r := c.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/catalog/deregister")
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ r.obj = dereg
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+
+ wm := &WriteMeta{}
+ wm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ return wm, nil
+}
+
+// Datacenters is used to query for all the known datacenters
+func (c *Catalog) Datacenters() ([]string, error) {
+ r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/catalog/datacenters")
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ var out []string
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return out, nil
+}
+
+// Nodes is used to query all the known nodes
+func (c *Catalog) Nodes(q *QueryOptions) ([]*Node, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/catalog/nodes")
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var out []*Node
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return out, qm, nil
+}
+
+// Services is used to query for all known services
+func (c *Catalog) Services(q *QueryOptions) (map[string][]string, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/catalog/services")
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var out map[string][]string
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return out, qm, nil
+}
+
+// Service is used to query catalog entries for a given service
+func (c *Catalog) Service(service, tag string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*CatalogService, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/catalog/service/"+service)
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ if tag != "" {
+ r.params.Set("tag", tag)
+ }
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var out []*CatalogService
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return out, qm, nil
+}
+
+// Node is used to query for service information about a single node
+func (c *Catalog) Node(node string, q *QueryOptions) (*CatalogNode, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/catalog/node/"+node)
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var out *CatalogNode
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return out, qm, nil
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/coordinate.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/coordinate.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdff207
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/coordinate.go
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+ "github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate"
+)
+
+// CoordinateEntry represents a node and its associated network coordinate.
+type CoordinateEntry struct {
+ Node string
+ Coord *coordinate.Coordinate
+}
+
+// CoordinateDatacenterMap represents a datacenter and its associated WAN
+// nodes and their associates coordinates.
+type CoordinateDatacenterMap struct {
+ Datacenter string
+ Coordinates []CoordinateEntry
+}
+
+// Coordinate can be used to query the coordinate endpoints
+type Coordinate struct {
+ c *Client
+}
+
+// Coordinate returns a handle to the coordinate endpoints
+func (c *Client) Coordinate() *Coordinate {
+ return &Coordinate{c}
+}
+
+// Datacenters is used to return the coordinates of all the servers in the WAN
+// pool.
+func (c *Coordinate) Datacenters() ([]*CoordinateDatacenterMap, error) {
+ r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/coordinate/datacenters")
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ var out []*CoordinateDatacenterMap
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return out, nil
+}
+
+// Nodes is used to return the coordinates of all the nodes in the LAN pool.
+func (c *Coordinate) Nodes(q *QueryOptions) ([]*CoordinateEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/coordinate/nodes")
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var out []*CoordinateEntry
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return out, qm, nil
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/event.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/event.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85b5b06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/event.go
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+ "bytes"
+ "strconv"
+)
+
+// Event can be used to query the Event endpoints
+type Event struct {
+ c *Client
+}
+
+// UserEvent represents an event that was fired by the user
+type UserEvent struct {
+ ID string
+ Name string
+ Payload []byte
+ NodeFilter string
+ ServiceFilter string
+ TagFilter string
+ Version int
+ LTime uint64
+}
+
+// Event returns a handle to the event endpoints
+func (c *Client) Event() *Event {
+ return &Event{c}
+}
+
+// Fire is used to fire a new user event. Only the Name, Payload and Filters
+// are respected. This returns the ID or an associated error. Cross DC requests
+// are supported.
+func (e *Event) Fire(params *UserEvent, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
+ r := e.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/event/fire/"+params.Name)
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ if params.NodeFilter != "" {
+ r.params.Set("node", params.NodeFilter)
+ }
+ if params.ServiceFilter != "" {
+ r.params.Set("service", params.ServiceFilter)
+ }
+ if params.TagFilter != "" {
+ r.params.Set("tag", params.TagFilter)
+ }
+ if params.Payload != nil {
+ r.body = bytes.NewReader(params.Payload)
+ }
+
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(e.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return "", nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
+ var out UserEvent
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return "", nil, err
+ }
+ return out.ID, wm, nil
+}
+
+// List is used to get the most recent events an agent has received.
+// This list can be optionally filtered by the name. This endpoint supports
+// quasi-blocking queries. The index is not monotonic, nor does it provide provide
+// LastContact or KnownLeader.
+func (e *Event) List(name string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*UserEvent, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := e.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/event/list")
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ if name != "" {
+ r.params.Set("name", name)
+ }
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(e.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var entries []*UserEvent
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return entries, qm, nil
+}
+
+// IDToIndex is a bit of a hack. This simulates the index generation to
+// convert an event ID into a WaitIndex.
+func (e *Event) IDToIndex(uuid string) uint64 {
+ lower := uuid[0:8] + uuid[9:13] + uuid[14:18]
+ upper := uuid[19:23] + uuid[24:36]
+ lowVal, err := strconv.ParseUint(lower, 16, 64)
+ if err != nil {
+ panic("Failed to convert " + lower)
+ }
+ highVal, err := strconv.ParseUint(upper, 16, 64)
+ if err != nil {
+ panic("Failed to convert " + upper)
+ }
+ return lowVal ^ highVal
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/health.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/health.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8abe239
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/health.go
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "strings"
+)
+
+const (
+ // HealthAny is special, and is used as a wild card,
+ // not as a specific state.
+ HealthAny = "any"
+ HealthPassing = "passing"
+ HealthWarning = "warning"
+ HealthCritical = "critical"
+ HealthMaint = "maintenance"
+)
+
+const (
+ // NodeMaint is the special key set by a node in maintenance mode.
+ NodeMaint = "_node_maintenance"
+
+ // ServiceMaintPrefix is the prefix for a service in maintenance mode.
+ ServiceMaintPrefix = "_service_maintenance:"
+)
+
+// HealthCheck is used to represent a single check
+type HealthCheck struct {
+ Node string
+ CheckID string
+ Name string
+ Status string
+ Notes string
+ Output string
+ ServiceID string
+ ServiceName string
+}
+
+// HealthChecks is a collection of HealthCheck structs.
+type HealthChecks []*HealthCheck
+
+// AggregatedStatus returns the "best" status for the list of health checks.
+// Because a given entry may have many service and node-level health checks
+// attached, this function determines the best representative of the status as
+// as single string using the following heuristic:
+//
+// maintenance > critical > warning > passing
+//
+func (c HealthChecks) AggregatedStatus() string {
+ var passing, warning, critical, maintenance bool
+ for _, check := range c {
+ id := string(check.CheckID)
+ if id == NodeMaint || strings.HasPrefix(id, ServiceMaintPrefix) {
+ maintenance = true
+ continue
+ }
+
+ switch check.Status {
+ case HealthPassing:
+ passing = true
+ case HealthWarning:
+ warning = true
+ case HealthCritical:
+ critical = true
+ default:
+ return ""
+ }
+ }
+
+ switch {
+ case maintenance:
+ return HealthMaint
+ case critical:
+ return HealthCritical
+ case warning:
+ return HealthWarning
+ case passing:
+ return HealthPassing
+ default:
+ return HealthPassing
+ }
+}
+
+// ServiceEntry is used for the health service endpoint
+type ServiceEntry struct {
+ Node *Node
+ Service *AgentService
+ Checks HealthChecks
+}
+
+// Health can be used to query the Health endpoints
+type Health struct {
+ c *Client
+}
+
+// Health returns a handle to the health endpoints
+func (c *Client) Health() *Health {
+ return &Health{c}
+}
+
+// Node is used to query for checks belonging to a given node
+func (h *Health) Node(node string, q *QueryOptions) (HealthChecks, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/health/node/"+node)
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var out HealthChecks
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return out, qm, nil
+}
+
+// Checks is used to return the checks associated with a service
+func (h *Health) Checks(service string, q *QueryOptions) (HealthChecks, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/health/checks/"+service)
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var out HealthChecks
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return out, qm, nil
+}
+
+// Service is used to query health information along with service info
+// for a given service. It can optionally do server-side filtering on a tag
+// or nodes with passing health checks only.
+func (h *Health) Service(service, tag string, passingOnly bool, q *QueryOptions) ([]*ServiceEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/health/service/"+service)
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ if tag != "" {
+ r.params.Set("tag", tag)
+ }
+ if passingOnly {
+ r.params.Set(HealthPassing, "1")
+ }
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var out []*ServiceEntry
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return out, qm, nil
+}
+
+// State is used to retrieve all the checks in a given state.
+// The wildcard "any" state can also be used for all checks.
+func (h *Health) State(state string, q *QueryOptions) (HealthChecks, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ switch state {
+ case HealthAny:
+ case HealthWarning:
+ case HealthCritical:
+ case HealthPassing:
+ default:
+ return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Unsupported state: %v", state)
+ }
+ r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/health/state/"+state)
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var out HealthChecks
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return out, qm, nil
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/kv.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/kv.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44e06bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/kv.go
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+ "bytes"
+ "fmt"
+ "io"
+ "net/http"
+ "strconv"
+ "strings"
+)
+
+// KVPair is used to represent a single K/V entry
+type KVPair struct {
+ // Key is the name of the key. It is also part of the URL path when accessed
+ // via the API.
+ Key string
+
+ // CreateIndex holds the index corresponding the creation of this KVPair. This
+ // is a read-only field.
+ CreateIndex uint64
+
+ // ModifyIndex is used for the Check-And-Set operations and can also be fed
+ // back into the WaitIndex of the QueryOptions in order to perform blocking
+ // queries.
+ ModifyIndex uint64
+
+ // LockIndex holds the index corresponding to a lock on this key, if any. This
+ // is a read-only field.
+ LockIndex uint64
+
+ // Flags are any user-defined flags on the key. It is up to the implementer
+ // to check these values, since Consul does not treat them specially.
+ Flags uint64
+
+ // Value is the value for the key. This can be any value, but it will be
+ // base64 encoded upon transport.
+ Value []byte
+
+ // Session is a string representing the ID of the session. Any other
+ // interactions with this key over the same session must specify the same
+ // session ID.
+ Session string
+}
+
+// KVPairs is a list of KVPair objects
+type KVPairs []*KVPair
+
+// KVOp constants give possible operations available in a KVTxn.
+type KVOp string
+
+const (
+ KVSet KVOp = "set"
+ KVDelete KVOp = "delete"
+ KVDeleteCAS KVOp = "delete-cas"
+ KVDeleteTree KVOp = "delete-tree"
+ KVCAS KVOp = "cas"
+ KVLock KVOp = "lock"
+ KVUnlock KVOp = "unlock"
+ KVGet KVOp = "get"
+ KVGetTree KVOp = "get-tree"
+ KVCheckSession KVOp = "check-session"
+ KVCheckIndex KVOp = "check-index"
+)
+
+// KVTxnOp defines a single operation inside a transaction.
+type KVTxnOp struct {
+ Verb KVOp
+ Key string
+ Value []byte
+ Flags uint64
+ Index uint64
+ Session string
+}
+
+// KVTxnOps defines a set of operations to be performed inside a single
+// transaction.
+type KVTxnOps []*KVTxnOp
+
+// KVTxnResponse has the outcome of a transaction.
+type KVTxnResponse struct {
+ Results []*KVPair
+ Errors TxnErrors
+}
+
+// KV is used to manipulate the K/V API
+type KV struct {
+ c *Client
+}
+
+// KV is used to return a handle to the K/V apis
+func (c *Client) KV() *KV {
+ return &KV{c}
+}
+
+// Get is used to lookup a single key. The returned pointer
+// to the KVPair will be nil if the key does not exist.
+func (k *KV) Get(key string, q *QueryOptions) (*KVPair, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ resp, qm, err := k.getInternal(key, nil, q)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ if resp == nil {
+ return nil, qm, nil
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ var entries []*KVPair
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ if len(entries) > 0 {
+ return entries[0], qm, nil
+ }
+ return nil, qm, nil
+}
+
+// List is used to lookup all keys under a prefix
+func (k *KV) List(prefix string, q *QueryOptions) (KVPairs, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ resp, qm, err := k.getInternal(prefix, map[string]string{"recurse": ""}, q)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ if resp == nil {
+ return nil, qm, nil
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ var entries []*KVPair
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return entries, qm, nil
+}
+
+// Keys is used to list all the keys under a prefix. Optionally,
+// a separator can be used to limit the responses.
+func (k *KV) Keys(prefix, separator string, q *QueryOptions) ([]string, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ params := map[string]string{"keys": ""}
+ if separator != "" {
+ params["separator"] = separator
+ }
+ resp, qm, err := k.getInternal(prefix, params, q)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ if resp == nil {
+ return nil, qm, nil
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ var entries []string
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return entries, qm, nil
+}
+
+func (k *KV) getInternal(key string, params map[string]string, q *QueryOptions) (*http.Response, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := k.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/kv/"+strings.TrimPrefix(key, "/"))
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ for param, val := range params {
+ r.params.Set(param, val)
+ }
+ rtt, resp, err := k.c.doRequest(r)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ if resp.StatusCode == 404 {
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil, qm, nil
+ } else if resp.StatusCode != 200 {
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Unexpected response code: %d", resp.StatusCode)
+ }
+ return resp, qm, nil
+}
+
+// Put is used to write a new value. Only the
+// Key, Flags and Value is respected.
+func (k *KV) Put(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
+ params := make(map[string]string, 1)
+ if p.Flags != 0 {
+ params["flags"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.Flags, 10)
+ }
+ _, wm, err := k.put(p.Key, params, p.Value, q)
+ return wm, err
+}
+
+// CAS is used for a Check-And-Set operation. The Key,
+// ModifyIndex, Flags and Value are respected. Returns true
+// on success or false on failures.
+func (k *KV) CAS(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) {
+ params := make(map[string]string, 2)
+ if p.Flags != 0 {
+ params["flags"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.Flags, 10)
+ }
+ params["cas"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.ModifyIndex, 10)
+ return k.put(p.Key, params, p.Value, q)
+}
+
+// Acquire is used for a lock acquisition operation. The Key,
+// Flags, Value and Session are respected. Returns true
+// on success or false on failures.
+func (k *KV) Acquire(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) {
+ params := make(map[string]string, 2)
+ if p.Flags != 0 {
+ params["flags"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.Flags, 10)
+ }
+ params["acquire"] = p.Session
+ return k.put(p.Key, params, p.Value, q)
+}
+
+// Release is used for a lock release operation. The Key,
+// Flags, Value and Session are respected. Returns true
+// on success or false on failures.
+func (k *KV) Release(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) {
+ params := make(map[string]string, 2)
+ if p.Flags != 0 {
+ params["flags"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.Flags, 10)
+ }
+ params["release"] = p.Session
+ return k.put(p.Key, params, p.Value, q)
+}
+
+func (k *KV) put(key string, params map[string]string, body []byte, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) {
+ if len(key) > 0 && key[0] == '/' {
+ return false, nil, fmt.Errorf("Invalid key. Key must not begin with a '/': %s", key)
+ }
+
+ r := k.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/kv/"+key)
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ for param, val := range params {
+ r.params.Set(param, val)
+ }
+ r.body = bytes.NewReader(body)
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(k.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return false, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &WriteMeta{}
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var buf bytes.Buffer
+ if _, err := io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body); err != nil {
+ return false, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to read response: %v", err)
+ }
+ res := strings.Contains(string(buf.Bytes()), "true")
+ return res, qm, nil
+}
+
+// Delete is used to delete a single key
+func (k *KV) Delete(key string, w *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
+ _, qm, err := k.deleteInternal(key, nil, w)
+ return qm, err
+}
+
+// DeleteCAS is used for a Delete Check-And-Set operation. The Key
+// and ModifyIndex are respected. Returns true on success or false on failures.
+func (k *KV) DeleteCAS(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) {
+ params := map[string]string{
+ "cas": strconv.FormatUint(p.ModifyIndex, 10),
+ }
+ return k.deleteInternal(p.Key, params, q)
+}
+
+// DeleteTree is used to delete all keys under a prefix
+func (k *KV) DeleteTree(prefix string, w *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
+ _, qm, err := k.deleteInternal(prefix, map[string]string{"recurse": ""}, w)
+ return qm, err
+}
+
+func (k *KV) deleteInternal(key string, params map[string]string, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) {
+ r := k.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/kv/"+strings.TrimPrefix(key, "/"))
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ for param, val := range params {
+ r.params.Set(param, val)
+ }
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(k.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return false, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &WriteMeta{}
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var buf bytes.Buffer
+ if _, err := io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body); err != nil {
+ return false, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to read response: %v", err)
+ }
+ res := strings.Contains(string(buf.Bytes()), "true")
+ return res, qm, nil
+}
+
+// TxnOp is the internal format we send to Consul. It's not specific to KV,
+// though currently only KV operations are supported.
+type TxnOp struct {
+ KV *KVTxnOp
+}
+
+// TxnOps is a list of transaction operations.
+type TxnOps []*TxnOp
+
+// TxnResult is the internal format we receive from Consul.
+type TxnResult struct {
+ KV *KVPair
+}
+
+// TxnResults is a list of TxnResult objects.
+type TxnResults []*TxnResult
+
+// TxnError is used to return information about an operation in a transaction.
+type TxnError struct {
+ OpIndex int
+ What string
+}
+
+// TxnErrors is a list of TxnError objects.
+type TxnErrors []*TxnError
+
+// TxnResponse is the internal format we receive from Consul.
+type TxnResponse struct {
+ Results TxnResults
+ Errors TxnErrors
+}
+
+// Txn is used to apply multiple KV operations in a single, atomic transaction.
+//
+// Note that Go will perform the required base64 encoding on the values
+// automatically because the type is a byte slice. Transactions are defined as a
+// list of operations to perform, using the KVOp constants and KVTxnOp structure
+// to define operations. If any operation fails, none of the changes are applied
+// to the state store. Note that this hides the internal raw transaction interface
+// and munges the input and output types into KV-specific ones for ease of use.
+// If there are more non-KV operations in the future we may break out a new
+// transaction API client, but it will be easy to keep this KV-specific variant
+// supported.
+//
+// Even though this is generally a write operation, we take a QueryOptions input
+// and return a QueryMeta output. If the transaction contains only read ops, then
+// Consul will fast-path it to a different endpoint internally which supports
+// consistency controls, but not blocking. If there are write operations then
+// the request will always be routed through raft and any consistency settings
+// will be ignored.
+//
+// Here's an example:
+//
+// ops := KVTxnOps{
+// &KVTxnOp{
+// Verb: KVLock,
+// Key: "test/lock",
+// Session: "adf4238a-882b-9ddc-4a9d-5b6758e4159e",
+// Value: []byte("hello"),
+// },
+// &KVTxnOp{
+// Verb: KVGet,
+// Key: "another/key",
+// },
+// }
+// ok, response, _, err := kv.Txn(&ops, nil)
+//
+// If there is a problem making the transaction request then an error will be
+// returned. Otherwise, the ok value will be true if the transaction succeeded
+// or false if it was rolled back. The response is a structured return value which
+// will have the outcome of the transaction. Its Results member will have entries
+// for each operation. Deleted keys will have a nil entry in the, and to save
+// space, the Value of each key in the Results will be nil unless the operation
+// is a KVGet. If the transaction was rolled back, the Errors member will have
+// entries referencing the index of the operation that failed along with an error
+// message.
+func (k *KV) Txn(txn KVTxnOps, q *QueryOptions) (bool, *KVTxnResponse, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := k.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/txn")
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+
+ // Convert into the internal format since this is an all-KV txn.
+ ops := make(TxnOps, 0, len(txn))
+ for _, kvOp := range txn {
+ ops = append(ops, &TxnOp{KV: kvOp})
+ }
+ r.obj = ops
+ rtt, resp, err := k.c.doRequest(r)
+ if err != nil {
+ return false, nil, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ if resp.StatusCode == http.StatusOK || resp.StatusCode == http.StatusConflict {
+ var txnResp TxnResponse
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &txnResp); err != nil {
+ return false, nil, nil, err
+ }
+
+ // Convert from the internal format.
+ kvResp := KVTxnResponse{
+ Errors: txnResp.Errors,
+ }
+ for _, result := range txnResp.Results {
+ kvResp.Results = append(kvResp.Results, result.KV)
+ }
+ return resp.StatusCode == http.StatusOK, &kvResp, qm, nil
+ }
+
+ var buf bytes.Buffer
+ if _, err := io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body); err != nil {
+ return false, nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to read response: %v", err)
+ }
+ return false, nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed request: %s", buf.String())
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/lock.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/lock.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f9845a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/lock.go
@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "sync"
+ "time"
+)
+
+const (
+ // DefaultLockSessionName is the Session Name we assign if none is provided
+ DefaultLockSessionName = "Consul API Lock"
+
+ // DefaultLockSessionTTL is the default session TTL if no Session is provided
+ // when creating a new Lock. This is used because we do not have another
+ // other check to depend upon.
+ DefaultLockSessionTTL = "15s"
+
+ // DefaultLockWaitTime is how long we block for at a time to check if lock
+ // acquisition is possible. This affects the minimum time it takes to cancel
+ // a Lock acquisition.
+ DefaultLockWaitTime = 15 * time.Second
+
+ // DefaultLockRetryTime is how long we wait after a failed lock acquisition
+ // before attempting to do the lock again. This is so that once a lock-delay
+ // is in effect, we do not hot loop retrying the acquisition.
+ DefaultLockRetryTime = 5 * time.Second
+
+ // DefaultMonitorRetryTime is how long we wait after a failed monitor check
+ // of a lock (500 response code). This allows the monitor to ride out brief
+ // periods of unavailability, subject to the MonitorRetries setting in the
+ // lock options which is by default set to 0, disabling this feature. This
+ // affects locks and semaphores.
+ DefaultMonitorRetryTime = 2 * time.Second
+
+ // LockFlagValue is a magic flag we set to indicate a key
+ // is being used for a lock. It is used to detect a potential
+ // conflict with a semaphore.
+ LockFlagValue = 0x2ddccbc058a50c18
+)
+
+var (
+ // ErrLockHeld is returned if we attempt to double lock
+ ErrLockHeld = fmt.Errorf("Lock already held")
+
+ // ErrLockNotHeld is returned if we attempt to unlock a lock
+ // that we do not hold.
+ ErrLockNotHeld = fmt.Errorf("Lock not held")
+
+ // ErrLockInUse is returned if we attempt to destroy a lock
+ // that is in use.
+ ErrLockInUse = fmt.Errorf("Lock in use")
+
+ // ErrLockConflict is returned if the flags on a key
+ // used for a lock do not match expectation
+ ErrLockConflict = fmt.Errorf("Existing key does not match lock use")
+)
+
+// Lock is used to implement client-side leader election. It is follows the
+// algorithm as described here: https://www.consul.io/docs/guides/leader-election.html.
+type Lock struct {
+ c *Client
+ opts *LockOptions
+
+ isHeld bool
+ sessionRenew chan struct{}
+ lockSession string
+ l sync.Mutex
+}
+
+// LockOptions is used to parameterize the Lock behavior.
+type LockOptions struct {
+ Key string // Must be set and have write permissions
+ Value []byte // Optional, value to associate with the lock
+ Session string // Optional, created if not specified
+ SessionOpts *SessionEntry // Optional, options to use when creating a session
+ SessionName string // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockSessionName (ignored if SessionOpts is given)
+ SessionTTL string // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockSessionTTL (ignored if SessionOpts is given)
+ MonitorRetries int // Optional, defaults to 0 which means no retries
+ MonitorRetryTime time.Duration // Optional, defaults to DefaultMonitorRetryTime
+ LockWaitTime time.Duration // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockWaitTime
+ LockTryOnce bool // Optional, defaults to false which means try forever
+}
+
+// LockKey returns a handle to a lock struct which can be used
+// to acquire and release the mutex. The key used must have
+// write permissions.
+func (c *Client) LockKey(key string) (*Lock, error) {
+ opts := &LockOptions{
+ Key: key,
+ }
+ return c.LockOpts(opts)
+}
+
+// LockOpts returns a handle to a lock struct which can be used
+// to acquire and release the mutex. The key used must have
+// write permissions.
+func (c *Client) LockOpts(opts *LockOptions) (*Lock, error) {
+ if opts.Key == "" {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("missing key")
+ }
+ if opts.SessionName == "" {
+ opts.SessionName = DefaultLockSessionName
+ }
+ if opts.SessionTTL == "" {
+ opts.SessionTTL = DefaultLockSessionTTL
+ } else {
+ if _, err := time.ParseDuration(opts.SessionTTL); err != nil {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid SessionTTL: %v", err)
+ }
+ }
+ if opts.MonitorRetryTime == 0 {
+ opts.MonitorRetryTime = DefaultMonitorRetryTime
+ }
+ if opts.LockWaitTime == 0 {
+ opts.LockWaitTime = DefaultLockWaitTime
+ }
+ l := &Lock{
+ c: c,
+ opts: opts,
+ }
+ return l, nil
+}
+
+// Lock attempts to acquire the lock and blocks while doing so.
+// Providing a non-nil stopCh can be used to abort the lock attempt.
+// Returns a channel that is closed if our lock is lost or an error.
+// This channel could be closed at any time due to session invalidation,
+// communication errors, operator intervention, etc. It is NOT safe to
+// assume that the lock is held until Unlock() unless the Session is specifically
+// created without any associated health checks. By default Consul sessions
+// prefer liveness over safety and an application must be able to handle
+// the lock being lost.
+func (l *Lock) Lock(stopCh <-chan struct{}) (<-chan struct{}, error) {
+ // Hold the lock as we try to acquire
+ l.l.Lock()
+ defer l.l.Unlock()
+
+ // Check if we already hold the lock
+ if l.isHeld {
+ return nil, ErrLockHeld
+ }
+
+ // Check if we need to create a session first
+ l.lockSession = l.opts.Session
+ if l.lockSession == "" {
+ if s, err := l.createSession(); err != nil {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to create session: %v", err)
+ } else {
+ l.sessionRenew = make(chan struct{})
+ l.lockSession = s
+ session := l.c.Session()
+ go session.RenewPeriodic(l.opts.SessionTTL, s, nil, l.sessionRenew)
+
+ // If we fail to acquire the lock, cleanup the session
+ defer func() {
+ if !l.isHeld {
+ close(l.sessionRenew)
+ l.sessionRenew = nil
+ }
+ }()
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Setup the query options
+ kv := l.c.KV()
+ qOpts := &QueryOptions{
+ WaitTime: l.opts.LockWaitTime,
+ }
+
+ start := time.Now()
+ attempts := 0
+WAIT:
+ // Check if we should quit
+ select {
+ case <-stopCh:
+ return nil, nil
+ default:
+ }
+
+ // Handle the one-shot mode.
+ if l.opts.LockTryOnce && attempts > 0 {
+ elapsed := time.Now().Sub(start)
+ if elapsed > qOpts.WaitTime {
+ return nil, nil
+ }
+
+ qOpts.WaitTime -= elapsed
+ }
+ attempts++
+
+ // Look for an existing lock, blocking until not taken
+ pair, meta, err := kv.Get(l.opts.Key, qOpts)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to read lock: %v", err)
+ }
+ if pair != nil && pair.Flags != LockFlagValue {
+ return nil, ErrLockConflict
+ }
+ locked := false
+ if pair != nil && pair.Session == l.lockSession {
+ goto HELD
+ }
+ if pair != nil && pair.Session != "" {
+ qOpts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex
+ goto WAIT
+ }
+
+ // Try to acquire the lock
+ pair = l.lockEntry(l.lockSession)
+ locked, _, err = kv.Acquire(pair, nil)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to acquire lock: %v", err)
+ }
+
+ // Handle the case of not getting the lock
+ if !locked {
+ // Determine why the lock failed
+ qOpts.WaitIndex = 0
+ pair, meta, err = kv.Get(l.opts.Key, qOpts)
+ if pair != nil && pair.Session != "" {
+ //If the session is not null, this means that a wait can safely happen
+ //using a long poll
+ qOpts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex
+ goto WAIT
+ } else {
+ // If the session is empty and the lock failed to acquire, then it means
+ // a lock-delay is in effect and a timed wait must be used
+ select {
+ case <-time.After(DefaultLockRetryTime):
+ goto WAIT
+ case <-stopCh:
+ return nil, nil
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+HELD:
+ // Watch to ensure we maintain leadership
+ leaderCh := make(chan struct{})
+ go l.monitorLock(l.lockSession, leaderCh)
+
+ // Set that we own the lock
+ l.isHeld = true
+
+ // Locked! All done
+ return leaderCh, nil
+}
+
+// Unlock released the lock. It is an error to call this
+// if the lock is not currently held.
+func (l *Lock) Unlock() error {
+ // Hold the lock as we try to release
+ l.l.Lock()
+ defer l.l.Unlock()
+
+ // Ensure the lock is actually held
+ if !l.isHeld {
+ return ErrLockNotHeld
+ }
+
+ // Set that we no longer own the lock
+ l.isHeld = false
+
+ // Stop the session renew
+ if l.sessionRenew != nil {
+ defer func() {
+ close(l.sessionRenew)
+ l.sessionRenew = nil
+ }()
+ }
+
+ // Get the lock entry, and clear the lock session
+ lockEnt := l.lockEntry(l.lockSession)
+ l.lockSession = ""
+
+ // Release the lock explicitly
+ kv := l.c.KV()
+ _, _, err := kv.Release(lockEnt, nil)
+ if err != nil {
+ return fmt.Errorf("failed to release lock: %v", err)
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// Destroy is used to cleanup the lock entry. It is not necessary
+// to invoke. It will fail if the lock is in use.
+func (l *Lock) Destroy() error {
+ // Hold the lock as we try to release
+ l.l.Lock()
+ defer l.l.Unlock()
+
+ // Check if we already hold the lock
+ if l.isHeld {
+ return ErrLockHeld
+ }
+
+ // Look for an existing lock
+ kv := l.c.KV()
+ pair, _, err := kv.Get(l.opts.Key, nil)
+ if err != nil {
+ return fmt.Errorf("failed to read lock: %v", err)
+ }
+
+ // Nothing to do if the lock does not exist
+ if pair == nil {
+ return nil
+ }
+
+ // Check for possible flag conflict
+ if pair.Flags != LockFlagValue {
+ return ErrLockConflict
+ }
+
+ // Check if it is in use
+ if pair.Session != "" {
+ return ErrLockInUse
+ }
+
+ // Attempt the delete
+ didRemove, _, err := kv.DeleteCAS(pair, nil)
+ if err != nil {
+ return fmt.Errorf("failed to remove lock: %v", err)
+ }
+ if !didRemove {
+ return ErrLockInUse
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// createSession is used to create a new managed session
+func (l *Lock) createSession() (string, error) {
+ session := l.c.Session()
+ se := l.opts.SessionOpts
+ if se == nil {
+ se = &SessionEntry{
+ Name: l.opts.SessionName,
+ TTL: l.opts.SessionTTL,
+ }
+ }
+ id, _, err := session.Create(se, nil)
+ if err != nil {
+ return "", err
+ }
+ return id, nil
+}
+
+// lockEntry returns a formatted KVPair for the lock
+func (l *Lock) lockEntry(session string) *KVPair {
+ return &KVPair{
+ Key: l.opts.Key,
+ Value: l.opts.Value,
+ Session: session,
+ Flags: LockFlagValue,
+ }
+}
+
+// monitorLock is a long running routine to monitor a lock ownership
+// It closes the stopCh if we lose our leadership.
+func (l *Lock) monitorLock(session string, stopCh chan struct{}) {
+ defer close(stopCh)
+ kv := l.c.KV()
+ opts := &QueryOptions{RequireConsistent: true}
+WAIT:
+ retries := l.opts.MonitorRetries
+RETRY:
+ pair, meta, err := kv.Get(l.opts.Key, opts)
+ if err != nil {
+ // If configured we can try to ride out a brief Consul unavailability
+ // by doing retries. Note that we have to attempt the retry in a non-
+ // blocking fashion so that we have a clean place to reset the retry
+ // counter if service is restored.
+ if retries > 0 && IsServerError(err) {
+ time.Sleep(l.opts.MonitorRetryTime)
+ retries--
+ opts.WaitIndex = 0
+ goto RETRY
+ }
+ return
+ }
+ if pair != nil && pair.Session == session {
+ opts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex
+ goto WAIT
+ }
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8d04a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator.go
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+package api
+
+// Operator can be used to perform low-level operator tasks for Consul.
+type Operator struct {
+ c *Client
+}
+
+// Operator returns a handle to the operator endpoints.
+func (c *Client) Operator() *Operator {
+ return &Operator{c}
+}
+
+// RaftServer has information about a server in the Raft configuration.
+type RaftServer struct {
+ // ID is the unique ID for the server. These are currently the same
+ // as the address, but they will be changed to a real GUID in a future
+ // release of Consul.
+ ID string
+
+ // Node is the node name of the server, as known by Consul, or this
+ // will be set to "(unknown)" otherwise.
+ Node string
+
+ // Address is the IP:port of the server, used for Raft communications.
+ Address string
+
+ // Leader is true if this server is the current cluster leader.
+ Leader bool
+
+ // Voter is true if this server has a vote in the cluster. This might
+ // be false if the server is staging and still coming online, or if
+ // it's a non-voting server, which will be added in a future release of
+ // Consul.
+ Voter bool
+}
+
+// RaftConfigration is returned when querying for the current Raft configuration.
+type RaftConfiguration struct {
+ // Servers has the list of servers in the Raft configuration.
+ Servers []*RaftServer
+
+ // Index has the Raft index of this configuration.
+ Index uint64
+}
+
+// keyringRequest is used for performing Keyring operations
+type keyringRequest struct {
+ Key string
+}
+
+// KeyringResponse is returned when listing the gossip encryption keys
+type KeyringResponse struct {
+ // Whether this response is for a WAN ring
+ WAN bool
+
+ // The datacenter name this request corresponds to
+ Datacenter string
+
+ // A map of the encryption keys to the number of nodes they're installed on
+ Keys map[string]int
+
+ // The total number of nodes in this ring
+ NumNodes int
+}
+
+// RaftGetConfiguration is used to query the current Raft peer set.
+func (op *Operator) RaftGetConfiguration(q *QueryOptions) (*RaftConfiguration, error) {
+ r := op.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/operator/raft/configuration")
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ var out RaftConfiguration
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return &out, nil
+}
+
+// RaftRemovePeerByAddress is used to kick a stale peer (one that it in the Raft
+// quorum but no longer known to Serf or the catalog) by address in the form of
+// "IP:port".
+func (op *Operator) RaftRemovePeerByAddress(address string, q *WriteOptions) error {
+ r := op.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/operator/raft/peer")
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+
+ // TODO (slackpad) Currently we made address a query parameter. Once
+ // IDs are in place this will be DELETE /v1/operator/raft/peer/<id>.
+ r.params.Set("address", string(address))
+
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// KeyringInstall is used to install a new gossip encryption key into the cluster
+func (op *Operator) KeyringInstall(key string, q *WriteOptions) error {
+ r := op.c.newRequest("POST", "/v1/operator/keyring")
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ r.obj = keyringRequest{
+ Key: key,
+ }
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// KeyringList is used to list the gossip keys installed in the cluster
+func (op *Operator) KeyringList(q *QueryOptions) ([]*KeyringResponse, error) {
+ r := op.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/operator/keyring")
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ var out []*KeyringResponse
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return out, nil
+}
+
+// KeyringRemove is used to remove a gossip encryption key from the cluster
+func (op *Operator) KeyringRemove(key string, q *WriteOptions) error {
+ r := op.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/operator/keyring")
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ r.obj = keyringRequest{
+ Key: key,
+ }
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
+
+// KeyringUse is used to change the active gossip encryption key
+func (op *Operator) KeyringUse(key string, q *WriteOptions) error {
+ r := op.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/operator/keyring")
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ r.obj = keyringRequest{
+ Key: key,
+ }
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ resp.Body.Close()
+ return nil
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/prepared_query.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/prepared_query.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..876e2e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/prepared_query.go
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+package api
+
+// QueryDatacenterOptions sets options about how we fail over if there are no
+// healthy nodes in the local datacenter.
+type QueryDatacenterOptions struct {
+ // NearestN is set to the number of remote datacenters to try, based on
+ // network coordinates.
+ NearestN int
+
+ // Datacenters is a fixed list of datacenters to try after NearestN. We
+ // never try a datacenter multiple times, so those are subtracted from
+ // this list before proceeding.
+ Datacenters []string
+}
+
+// QueryDNSOptions controls settings when query results are served over DNS.
+type QueryDNSOptions struct {
+ // TTL is the time to live for the served DNS results.
+ TTL string
+}
+
+// ServiceQuery is used to query for a set of healthy nodes offering a specific
+// service.
+type ServiceQuery struct {
+ // Service is the service to query.
+ Service string
+
+ // Near allows baking in the name of a node to automatically distance-
+ // sort from. The magic "_agent" value is supported, which sorts near
+ // the agent which initiated the request by default.
+ Near string
+
+ // Failover controls what we do if there are no healthy nodes in the
+ // local datacenter.
+ Failover QueryDatacenterOptions
+
+ // If OnlyPassing is true then we will only include nodes with passing
+ // health checks (critical AND warning checks will cause a node to be
+ // discarded)
+ OnlyPassing bool
+
+ // Tags are a set of required and/or disallowed tags. If a tag is in
+ // this list it must be present. If the tag is preceded with "!" then
+ // it is disallowed.
+ Tags []string
+}
+
+// QueryTemplate carries the arguments for creating a templated query.
+type QueryTemplate struct {
+ // Type specifies the type of the query template. Currently only
+ // "name_prefix_match" is supported. This field is required.
+ Type string
+
+ // Regexp allows specifying a regex pattern to match against the name
+ // of the query being executed.
+ Regexp string
+}
+
+// PrepatedQueryDefinition defines a complete prepared query.
+type PreparedQueryDefinition struct {
+ // ID is this UUID-based ID for the query, always generated by Consul.
+ ID string
+
+ // Name is an optional friendly name for the query supplied by the
+ // user. NOTE - if this feature is used then it will reduce the security
+ // of any read ACL associated with this query/service since this name
+ // can be used to locate nodes with supplying any ACL.
+ Name string
+
+ // Session is an optional session to tie this query's lifetime to. If
+ // this is omitted then the query will not expire.
+ Session string
+
+ // Token is the ACL token used when the query was created, and it is
+ // used when a query is subsequently executed. This token, or a token
+ // with management privileges, must be used to change the query later.
+ Token string
+
+ // Service defines a service query (leaving things open for other types
+ // later).
+ Service ServiceQuery
+
+ // DNS has options that control how the results of this query are
+ // served over DNS.
+ DNS QueryDNSOptions
+
+ // Template is used to pass through the arguments for creating a
+ // prepared query with an attached template. If a template is given,
+ // interpolations are possible in other struct fields.
+ Template QueryTemplate
+}
+
+// PreparedQueryExecuteResponse has the results of executing a query.
+type PreparedQueryExecuteResponse struct {
+ // Service is the service that was queried.
+ Service string
+
+ // Nodes has the nodes that were output by the query.
+ Nodes []ServiceEntry
+
+ // DNS has the options for serving these results over DNS.
+ DNS QueryDNSOptions
+
+ // Datacenter is the datacenter that these results came from.
+ Datacenter string
+
+ // Failovers is a count of how many times we had to query a remote
+ // datacenter.
+ Failovers int
+}
+
+// PreparedQuery can be used to query the prepared query endpoints.
+type PreparedQuery struct {
+ c *Client
+}
+
+// PreparedQuery returns a handle to the prepared query endpoints.
+func (c *Client) PreparedQuery() *PreparedQuery {
+ return &PreparedQuery{c}
+}
+
+// Create makes a new prepared query. The ID of the new query is returned.
+func (c *PreparedQuery) Create(query *PreparedQueryDefinition, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
+ r := c.c.newRequest("POST", "/v1/query")
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ r.obj = query
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return "", nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ wm := &WriteMeta{}
+ wm.RequestTime = rtt
+
+ var out struct{ ID string }
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
+ return "", nil, err
+ }
+ return out.ID, wm, nil
+}
+
+// Update makes updates to an existing prepared query.
+func (c *PreparedQuery) Update(query *PreparedQueryDefinition, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
+ return c.c.write("/v1/query/"+query.ID, query, nil, q)
+}
+
+// List is used to fetch all the prepared queries (always requires a management
+// token).
+func (c *PreparedQuery) List(q *QueryOptions) ([]*PreparedQueryDefinition, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ var out []*PreparedQueryDefinition
+ qm, err := c.c.query("/v1/query", &out, q)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return out, qm, nil
+}
+
+// Get is used to fetch a specific prepared query.
+func (c *PreparedQuery) Get(queryID string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*PreparedQueryDefinition, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ var out []*PreparedQueryDefinition
+ qm, err := c.c.query("/v1/query/"+queryID, &out, q)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return out, qm, nil
+}
+
+// Delete is used to delete a specific prepared query.
+func (c *PreparedQuery) Delete(queryID string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
+ r := c.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/query/"+queryID)
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ wm := &WriteMeta{}
+ wm.RequestTime = rtt
+ return wm, nil
+}
+
+// Execute is used to execute a specific prepared query. You can execute using
+// a query ID or name.
+func (c *PreparedQuery) Execute(queryIDOrName string, q *QueryOptions) (*PreparedQueryExecuteResponse, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ var out *PreparedQueryExecuteResponse
+ qm, err := c.c.query("/v1/query/"+queryIDOrName+"/execute", &out, q)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return out, qm, nil
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/raw.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/raw.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..745a208
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/raw.go
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+package api
+
+// Raw can be used to do raw queries against custom endpoints
+type Raw struct {
+ c *Client
+}
+
+// Raw returns a handle to query endpoints
+func (c *Client) Raw() *Raw {
+ return &Raw{c}
+}
+
+// Query is used to do a GET request against an endpoint
+// and deserialize the response into an interface using
+// standard Consul conventions.
+func (raw *Raw) Query(endpoint string, out interface{}, q *QueryOptions) (*QueryMeta, error) {
+ return raw.c.query(endpoint, out, q)
+}
+
+// Write is used to do a PUT request against an endpoint
+// and serialize/deserialized using the standard Consul conventions.
+func (raw *Raw) Write(endpoint string, in, out interface{}, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
+ return raw.c.write(endpoint, in, out, q)
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/semaphore.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/semaphore.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6645ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/semaphore.go
@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+ "encoding/json"
+ "fmt"
+ "path"
+ "sync"
+ "time"
+)
+
+const (
+ // DefaultSemaphoreSessionName is the Session Name we assign if none is provided
+ DefaultSemaphoreSessionName = "Consul API Semaphore"
+
+ // DefaultSemaphoreSessionTTL is the default session TTL if no Session is provided
+ // when creating a new Semaphore. This is used because we do not have another
+ // other check to depend upon.
+ DefaultSemaphoreSessionTTL = "15s"
+
+ // DefaultSemaphoreWaitTime is how long we block for at a time to check if semaphore
+ // acquisition is possible. This affects the minimum time it takes to cancel
+ // a Semaphore acquisition.
+ DefaultSemaphoreWaitTime = 15 * time.Second
+
+ // DefaultSemaphoreKey is the key used within the prefix to
+ // use for coordination between all the contenders.
+ DefaultSemaphoreKey = ".lock"
+
+ // SemaphoreFlagValue is a magic flag we set to indicate a key
+ // is being used for a semaphore. It is used to detect a potential
+ // conflict with a lock.
+ SemaphoreFlagValue = 0xe0f69a2baa414de0
+)
+
+var (
+ // ErrSemaphoreHeld is returned if we attempt to double lock
+ ErrSemaphoreHeld = fmt.Errorf("Semaphore already held")
+
+ // ErrSemaphoreNotHeld is returned if we attempt to unlock a semaphore
+ // that we do not hold.
+ ErrSemaphoreNotHeld = fmt.Errorf("Semaphore not held")
+
+ // ErrSemaphoreInUse is returned if we attempt to destroy a semaphore
+ // that is in use.
+ ErrSemaphoreInUse = fmt.Errorf("Semaphore in use")
+
+ // ErrSemaphoreConflict is returned if the flags on a key
+ // used for a semaphore do not match expectation
+ ErrSemaphoreConflict = fmt.Errorf("Existing key does not match semaphore use")
+)
+
+// Semaphore is used to implement a distributed semaphore
+// using the Consul KV primitives.
+type Semaphore struct {
+ c *Client
+ opts *SemaphoreOptions
+
+ isHeld bool
+ sessionRenew chan struct{}
+ lockSession string
+ l sync.Mutex
+}
+
+// SemaphoreOptions is used to parameterize the Semaphore
+type SemaphoreOptions struct {
+ Prefix string // Must be set and have write permissions
+ Limit int // Must be set, and be positive
+ Value []byte // Optional, value to associate with the contender entry
+ Session string // Optional, created if not specified
+ SessionName string // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockSessionName
+ SessionTTL string // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockSessionTTL
+ MonitorRetries int // Optional, defaults to 0 which means no retries
+ MonitorRetryTime time.Duration // Optional, defaults to DefaultMonitorRetryTime
+ SemaphoreWaitTime time.Duration // Optional, defaults to DefaultSemaphoreWaitTime
+ SemaphoreTryOnce bool // Optional, defaults to false which means try forever
+}
+
+// semaphoreLock is written under the DefaultSemaphoreKey and
+// is used to coordinate between all the contenders.
+type semaphoreLock struct {
+ // Limit is the integer limit of holders. This is used to
+ // verify that all the holders agree on the value.
+ Limit int
+
+ // Holders is a list of all the semaphore holders.
+ // It maps the session ID to true. It is used as a set effectively.
+ Holders map[string]bool
+}
+
+// SemaphorePrefix is used to created a Semaphore which will operate
+// at the given KV prefix and uses the given limit for the semaphore.
+// The prefix must have write privileges, and the limit must be agreed
+// upon by all contenders.
+func (c *Client) SemaphorePrefix(prefix string, limit int) (*Semaphore, error) {
+ opts := &SemaphoreOptions{
+ Prefix: prefix,
+ Limit: limit,
+ }
+ return c.SemaphoreOpts(opts)
+}
+
+// SemaphoreOpts is used to create a Semaphore with the given options.
+// The prefix must have write privileges, and the limit must be agreed
+// upon by all contenders. If a Session is not provided, one will be created.
+func (c *Client) SemaphoreOpts(opts *SemaphoreOptions) (*Semaphore, error) {
+ if opts.Prefix == "" {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("missing prefix")
+ }
+ if opts.Limit <= 0 {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("semaphore limit must be positive")
+ }
+ if opts.SessionName == "" {
+ opts.SessionName = DefaultSemaphoreSessionName
+ }
+ if opts.SessionTTL == "" {
+ opts.SessionTTL = DefaultSemaphoreSessionTTL
+ } else {
+ if _, err := time.ParseDuration(opts.SessionTTL); err != nil {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid SessionTTL: %v", err)
+ }
+ }
+ if opts.MonitorRetryTime == 0 {
+ opts.MonitorRetryTime = DefaultMonitorRetryTime
+ }
+ if opts.SemaphoreWaitTime == 0 {
+ opts.SemaphoreWaitTime = DefaultSemaphoreWaitTime
+ }
+ s := &Semaphore{
+ c: c,
+ opts: opts,
+ }
+ return s, nil
+}
+
+// Acquire attempts to reserve a slot in the semaphore, blocking until
+// success, interrupted via the stopCh or an error is encountered.
+// Providing a non-nil stopCh can be used to abort the attempt.
+// On success, a channel is returned that represents our slot.
+// This channel could be closed at any time due to session invalidation,
+// communication errors, operator intervention, etc. It is NOT safe to
+// assume that the slot is held until Release() unless the Session is specifically
+// created without any associated health checks. By default Consul sessions
+// prefer liveness over safety and an application must be able to handle
+// the session being lost.
+func (s *Semaphore) Acquire(stopCh <-chan struct{}) (<-chan struct{}, error) {
+ // Hold the lock as we try to acquire
+ s.l.Lock()
+ defer s.l.Unlock()
+
+ // Check if we already hold the semaphore
+ if s.isHeld {
+ return nil, ErrSemaphoreHeld
+ }
+
+ // Check if we need to create a session first
+ s.lockSession = s.opts.Session
+ if s.lockSession == "" {
+ if sess, err := s.createSession(); err != nil {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to create session: %v", err)
+ } else {
+ s.sessionRenew = make(chan struct{})
+ s.lockSession = sess
+ session := s.c.Session()
+ go session.RenewPeriodic(s.opts.SessionTTL, sess, nil, s.sessionRenew)
+
+ // If we fail to acquire the lock, cleanup the session
+ defer func() {
+ if !s.isHeld {
+ close(s.sessionRenew)
+ s.sessionRenew = nil
+ }
+ }()
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Create the contender entry
+ kv := s.c.KV()
+ made, _, err := kv.Acquire(s.contenderEntry(s.lockSession), nil)
+ if err != nil || !made {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to make contender entry: %v", err)
+ }
+
+ // Setup the query options
+ qOpts := &QueryOptions{
+ WaitTime: s.opts.SemaphoreWaitTime,
+ }
+
+ start := time.Now()
+ attempts := 0
+WAIT:
+ // Check if we should quit
+ select {
+ case <-stopCh:
+ return nil, nil
+ default:
+ }
+
+ // Handle the one-shot mode.
+ if s.opts.SemaphoreTryOnce && attempts > 0 {
+ elapsed := time.Now().Sub(start)
+ if elapsed > qOpts.WaitTime {
+ return nil, nil
+ }
+
+ qOpts.WaitTime -= elapsed
+ }
+ attempts++
+
+ // Read the prefix
+ pairs, meta, err := kv.List(s.opts.Prefix, qOpts)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to read prefix: %v", err)
+ }
+
+ // Decode the lock
+ lockPair := s.findLock(pairs)
+ if lockPair.Flags != SemaphoreFlagValue {
+ return nil, ErrSemaphoreConflict
+ }
+ lock, err := s.decodeLock(lockPair)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+
+ // Verify we agree with the limit
+ if lock.Limit != s.opts.Limit {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("semaphore limit conflict (lock: %d, local: %d)",
+ lock.Limit, s.opts.Limit)
+ }
+
+ // Prune the dead holders
+ s.pruneDeadHolders(lock, pairs)
+
+ // Check if the lock is held
+ if len(lock.Holders) >= lock.Limit {
+ qOpts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex
+ goto WAIT
+ }
+
+ // Create a new lock with us as a holder
+ lock.Holders[s.lockSession] = true
+ newLock, err := s.encodeLock(lock, lockPair.ModifyIndex)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+
+ // Attempt the acquisition
+ didSet, _, err := kv.CAS(newLock, nil)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to update lock: %v", err)
+ }
+ if !didSet {
+ // Update failed, could have been a race with another contender,
+ // retry the operation
+ goto WAIT
+ }
+
+ // Watch to ensure we maintain ownership of the slot
+ lockCh := make(chan struct{})
+ go s.monitorLock(s.lockSession, lockCh)
+
+ // Set that we own the lock
+ s.isHeld = true
+
+ // Acquired! All done
+ return lockCh, nil
+}
+
+// Release is used to voluntarily give up our semaphore slot. It is
+// an error to call this if the semaphore has not been acquired.
+func (s *Semaphore) Release() error {
+ // Hold the lock as we try to release
+ s.l.Lock()
+ defer s.l.Unlock()
+
+ // Ensure the lock is actually held
+ if !s.isHeld {
+ return ErrSemaphoreNotHeld
+ }
+
+ // Set that we no longer own the lock
+ s.isHeld = false
+
+ // Stop the session renew
+ if s.sessionRenew != nil {
+ defer func() {
+ close(s.sessionRenew)
+ s.sessionRenew = nil
+ }()
+ }
+
+ // Get and clear the lock session
+ lockSession := s.lockSession
+ s.lockSession = ""
+
+ // Remove ourselves as a lock holder
+ kv := s.c.KV()
+ key := path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, DefaultSemaphoreKey)
+READ:
+ pair, _, err := kv.Get(key, nil)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ if pair == nil {
+ pair = &KVPair{}
+ }
+ lock, err := s.decodeLock(pair)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+
+ // Create a new lock without us as a holder
+ if _, ok := lock.Holders[lockSession]; ok {
+ delete(lock.Holders, lockSession)
+ newLock, err := s.encodeLock(lock, pair.ModifyIndex)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+
+ // Swap the locks
+ didSet, _, err := kv.CAS(newLock, nil)
+ if err != nil {
+ return fmt.Errorf("failed to update lock: %v", err)
+ }
+ if !didSet {
+ goto READ
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Destroy the contender entry
+ contenderKey := path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, lockSession)
+ if _, err := kv.Delete(contenderKey, nil); err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// Destroy is used to cleanup the semaphore entry. It is not necessary
+// to invoke. It will fail if the semaphore is in use.
+func (s *Semaphore) Destroy() error {
+ // Hold the lock as we try to acquire
+ s.l.Lock()
+ defer s.l.Unlock()
+
+ // Check if we already hold the semaphore
+ if s.isHeld {
+ return ErrSemaphoreHeld
+ }
+
+ // List for the semaphore
+ kv := s.c.KV()
+ pairs, _, err := kv.List(s.opts.Prefix, nil)
+ if err != nil {
+ return fmt.Errorf("failed to read prefix: %v", err)
+ }
+
+ // Find the lock pair, bail if it doesn't exist
+ lockPair := s.findLock(pairs)
+ if lockPair.ModifyIndex == 0 {
+ return nil
+ }
+ if lockPair.Flags != SemaphoreFlagValue {
+ return ErrSemaphoreConflict
+ }
+
+ // Decode the lock
+ lock, err := s.decodeLock(lockPair)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+
+ // Prune the dead holders
+ s.pruneDeadHolders(lock, pairs)
+
+ // Check if there are any holders
+ if len(lock.Holders) > 0 {
+ return ErrSemaphoreInUse
+ }
+
+ // Attempt the delete
+ didRemove, _, err := kv.DeleteCAS(lockPair, nil)
+ if err != nil {
+ return fmt.Errorf("failed to remove semaphore: %v", err)
+ }
+ if !didRemove {
+ return ErrSemaphoreInUse
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// createSession is used to create a new managed session
+func (s *Semaphore) createSession() (string, error) {
+ session := s.c.Session()
+ se := &SessionEntry{
+ Name: s.opts.SessionName,
+ TTL: s.opts.SessionTTL,
+ Behavior: SessionBehaviorDelete,
+ }
+ id, _, err := session.Create(se, nil)
+ if err != nil {
+ return "", err
+ }
+ return id, nil
+}
+
+// contenderEntry returns a formatted KVPair for the contender
+func (s *Semaphore) contenderEntry(session string) *KVPair {
+ return &KVPair{
+ Key: path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, session),
+ Value: s.opts.Value,
+ Session: session,
+ Flags: SemaphoreFlagValue,
+ }
+}
+
+// findLock is used to find the KV Pair which is used for coordination
+func (s *Semaphore) findLock(pairs KVPairs) *KVPair {
+ key := path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, DefaultSemaphoreKey)
+ for _, pair := range pairs {
+ if pair.Key == key {
+ return pair
+ }
+ }
+ return &KVPair{Flags: SemaphoreFlagValue}
+}
+
+// decodeLock is used to decode a semaphoreLock from an
+// entry in Consul
+func (s *Semaphore) decodeLock(pair *KVPair) (*semaphoreLock, error) {
+ // Handle if there is no lock
+ if pair == nil || pair.Value == nil {
+ return &semaphoreLock{
+ Limit: s.opts.Limit,
+ Holders: make(map[string]bool),
+ }, nil
+ }
+
+ l := &semaphoreLock{}
+ if err := json.Unmarshal(pair.Value, l); err != nil {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("lock decoding failed: %v", err)
+ }
+ return l, nil
+}
+
+// encodeLock is used to encode a semaphoreLock into a KVPair
+// that can be PUT
+func (s *Semaphore) encodeLock(l *semaphoreLock, oldIndex uint64) (*KVPair, error) {
+ enc, err := json.Marshal(l)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("lock encoding failed: %v", err)
+ }
+ pair := &KVPair{
+ Key: path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, DefaultSemaphoreKey),
+ Value: enc,
+ Flags: SemaphoreFlagValue,
+ ModifyIndex: oldIndex,
+ }
+ return pair, nil
+}
+
+// pruneDeadHolders is used to remove all the dead lock holders
+func (s *Semaphore) pruneDeadHolders(lock *semaphoreLock, pairs KVPairs) {
+ // Gather all the live holders
+ alive := make(map[string]struct{}, len(pairs))
+ for _, pair := range pairs {
+ if pair.Session != "" {
+ alive[pair.Session] = struct{}{}
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Remove any holders that are dead
+ for holder := range lock.Holders {
+ if _, ok := alive[holder]; !ok {
+ delete(lock.Holders, holder)
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// monitorLock is a long running routine to monitor a semaphore ownership
+// It closes the stopCh if we lose our slot.
+func (s *Semaphore) monitorLock(session string, stopCh chan struct{}) {
+ defer close(stopCh)
+ kv := s.c.KV()
+ opts := &QueryOptions{RequireConsistent: true}
+WAIT:
+ retries := s.opts.MonitorRetries
+RETRY:
+ pairs, meta, err := kv.List(s.opts.Prefix, opts)
+ if err != nil {
+ // If configured we can try to ride out a brief Consul unavailability
+ // by doing retries. Note that we have to attempt the retry in a non-
+ // blocking fashion so that we have a clean place to reset the retry
+ // counter if service is restored.
+ if retries > 0 && IsServerError(err) {
+ time.Sleep(s.opts.MonitorRetryTime)
+ retries--
+ opts.WaitIndex = 0
+ goto RETRY
+ }
+ return
+ }
+ lockPair := s.findLock(pairs)
+ lock, err := s.decodeLock(lockPair)
+ if err != nil {
+ return
+ }
+ s.pruneDeadHolders(lock, pairs)
+ if _, ok := lock.Holders[session]; ok {
+ opts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex
+ goto WAIT
+ }
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/session.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/session.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36e99a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/session.go
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+ "errors"
+ "fmt"
+ "time"
+)
+
+const (
+ // SessionBehaviorRelease is the default behavior and causes
+ // all associated locks to be released on session invalidation.
+ SessionBehaviorRelease = "release"
+
+ // SessionBehaviorDelete is new in Consul 0.5 and changes the
+ // behavior to delete all associated locks on session invalidation.
+ // It can be used in a way similar to Ephemeral Nodes in ZooKeeper.
+ SessionBehaviorDelete = "delete"
+)
+
+var ErrSessionExpired = errors.New("session expired")
+
+// SessionEntry represents a session in consul
+type SessionEntry struct {
+ CreateIndex uint64
+ ID string
+ Name string
+ Node string
+ Checks []string
+ LockDelay time.Duration
+ Behavior string
+ TTL string
+}
+
+// Session can be used to query the Session endpoints
+type Session struct {
+ c *Client
+}
+
+// Session returns a handle to the session endpoints
+func (c *Client) Session() *Session {
+ return &Session{c}
+}
+
+// CreateNoChecks is like Create but is used specifically to create
+// a session with no associated health checks.
+func (s *Session) CreateNoChecks(se *SessionEntry, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
+ body := make(map[string]interface{})
+ body["Checks"] = []string{}
+ if se != nil {
+ if se.Name != "" {
+ body["Name"] = se.Name
+ }
+ if se.Node != "" {
+ body["Node"] = se.Node
+ }
+ if se.LockDelay != 0 {
+ body["LockDelay"] = durToMsec(se.LockDelay)
+ }
+ if se.Behavior != "" {
+ body["Behavior"] = se.Behavior
+ }
+ if se.TTL != "" {
+ body["TTL"] = se.TTL
+ }
+ }
+ return s.create(body, q)
+
+}
+
+// Create makes a new session. Providing a session entry can
+// customize the session. It can also be nil to use defaults.
+func (s *Session) Create(se *SessionEntry, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
+ var obj interface{}
+ if se != nil {
+ body := make(map[string]interface{})
+ obj = body
+ if se.Name != "" {
+ body["Name"] = se.Name
+ }
+ if se.Node != "" {
+ body["Node"] = se.Node
+ }
+ if se.LockDelay != 0 {
+ body["LockDelay"] = durToMsec(se.LockDelay)
+ }
+ if len(se.Checks) > 0 {
+ body["Checks"] = se.Checks
+ }
+ if se.Behavior != "" {
+ body["Behavior"] = se.Behavior
+ }
+ if se.TTL != "" {
+ body["TTL"] = se.TTL
+ }
+ }
+ return s.create(obj, q)
+}
+
+func (s *Session) create(obj interface{}, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
+ var out struct{ ID string }
+ wm, err := s.c.write("/v1/session/create", obj, &out, q)
+ if err != nil {
+ return "", nil, err
+ }
+ return out.ID, wm, nil
+}
+
+// Destroy invalidates a given session
+func (s *Session) Destroy(id string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
+ wm, err := s.c.write("/v1/session/destroy/"+id, nil, nil, q)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return wm, nil
+}
+
+// Renew renews the TTL on a given session
+func (s *Session) Renew(id string, q *WriteOptions) (*SessionEntry, *WriteMeta, error) {
+ r := s.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/session/renew/"+id)
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ rtt, resp, err := s.c.doRequest(r)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
+
+ if resp.StatusCode == 404 {
+ return nil, wm, nil
+ } else if resp.StatusCode != 200 {
+ return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Unexpected response code: %d", resp.StatusCode)
+ }
+
+ var entries []*SessionEntry
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to read response: %v", err)
+ }
+ if len(entries) > 0 {
+ return entries[0], wm, nil
+ }
+ return nil, wm, nil
+}
+
+// RenewPeriodic is used to periodically invoke Session.Renew on a
+// session until a doneCh is closed. This is meant to be used in a long running
+// goroutine to ensure a session stays valid.
+func (s *Session) RenewPeriodic(initialTTL string, id string, q *WriteOptions, doneCh chan struct{}) error {
+ ttl, err := time.ParseDuration(initialTTL)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+
+ waitDur := ttl / 2
+ lastRenewTime := time.Now()
+ var lastErr error
+ for {
+ if time.Since(lastRenewTime) > ttl {
+ return lastErr
+ }
+ select {
+ case <-time.After(waitDur):
+ entry, _, err := s.Renew(id, q)
+ if err != nil {
+ waitDur = time.Second
+ lastErr = err
+ continue
+ }
+ if entry == nil {
+ return ErrSessionExpired
+ }
+
+ // Handle the server updating the TTL
+ ttl, _ = time.ParseDuration(entry.TTL)
+ waitDur = ttl / 2
+ lastRenewTime = time.Now()
+
+ case <-doneCh:
+ // Attempt a session destroy
+ s.Destroy(id, q)
+ return nil
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Info looks up a single session
+func (s *Session) Info(id string, q *QueryOptions) (*SessionEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ var entries []*SessionEntry
+ qm, err := s.c.query("/v1/session/info/"+id, &entries, q)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ if len(entries) > 0 {
+ return entries[0], qm, nil
+ }
+ return nil, qm, nil
+}
+
+// List gets sessions for a node
+func (s *Session) Node(node string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*SessionEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ var entries []*SessionEntry
+ qm, err := s.c.query("/v1/session/node/"+node, &entries, q)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return entries, qm, nil
+}
+
+// List gets all active sessions
+func (s *Session) List(q *QueryOptions) ([]*SessionEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ var entries []*SessionEntry
+ qm, err := s.c.query("/v1/session/list", &entries, q)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+ return entries, qm, nil
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/snapshot.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/snapshot.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e902377
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/snapshot.go
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+ "io"
+)
+
+// Snapshot can be used to query the /v1/snapshot endpoint to take snapshots of
+// Consul's internal state and restore snapshots for disaster recovery.
+type Snapshot struct {
+ c *Client
+}
+
+// Snapshot returns a handle that exposes the snapshot endpoints.
+func (c *Client) Snapshot() *Snapshot {
+ return &Snapshot{c}
+}
+
+// Save requests a new snapshot and provides an io.ReadCloser with the snapshot
+// data to save. If this doesn't return an error, then it's the responsibility
+// of the caller to close it. Only a subset of the QueryOptions are supported:
+// Datacenter, AllowStale, and Token.
+func (s *Snapshot) Save(q *QueryOptions) (io.ReadCloser, *QueryMeta, error) {
+ r := s.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/snapshot")
+ r.setQueryOptions(q)
+
+ rtt, resp, err := requireOK(s.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, nil, err
+ }
+
+ qm := &QueryMeta{}
+ parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
+ qm.RequestTime = rtt
+ return resp.Body, qm, nil
+}
+
+// Restore streams in an existing snapshot and attempts to restore it.
+func (s *Snapshot) Restore(q *WriteOptions, in io.Reader) error {
+ r := s.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/snapshot")
+ r.body = in
+ r.setWriteOptions(q)
+ _, _, err := requireOK(s.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ return nil
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/status.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/status.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74ef61a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/status.go
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+package api
+
+// Status can be used to query the Status endpoints
+type Status struct {
+ c *Client
+}
+
+// Status returns a handle to the status endpoints
+func (c *Client) Status() *Status {
+ return &Status{c}
+}
+
+// Leader is used to query for a known leader
+func (s *Status) Leader() (string, error) {
+ r := s.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/status/leader")
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(s.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return "", err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ var leader string
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &leader); err != nil {
+ return "", err
+ }
+ return leader, nil
+}
+
+// Peers is used to query for a known raft peers
+func (s *Status) Peers() ([]string, error) {
+ r := s.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/status/peers")
+ _, resp, err := requireOK(s.c.doRequest(r))
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+ var peers []string
+ if err := decodeBody(resp, &peers); err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ return peers, nil
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/LICENSE b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e87a115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. "Contributor"
+
+ means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+ creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. "Contributor Version"
+
+ means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+ Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution.
+
+1.3. "Contribution"
+
+ means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. "Covered Software"
+
+ means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+ notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+ Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+ thereof.
+
+1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses"
+ means
+
+ a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+ Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+ b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of
+ version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of
+ a Secondary License.
+
+1.6. "Executable Form"
+
+ means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. "Larger Work"
+
+ means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a
+ separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. "License"
+
+ means this document.
+
+1.9. "Licensable"
+
+ means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether
+ at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the
+ rights conveyed by this License.
+
+1.10. "Modifications"
+
+ means any of the following:
+
+ a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to,
+ deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+ b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor
+
+ means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method,
+ process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such
+ Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License,
+ by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import,
+ or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. "Secondary License"
+
+ means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+ General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+ License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. "Source Code Form"
+
+ means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. "You" (or "Your")
+
+ means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+ License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is
+ controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+ definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+ the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+ otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+ outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+ Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+ non-exclusive license:
+
+ a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+ Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+ modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+ Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or
+ as part of a Larger Work; and
+
+ b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+ sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its
+ Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+ The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution
+ become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first
+ distributes such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+ The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under
+ this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the
+ distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License.
+ Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a
+ Contributor:
+
+ a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+ b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's
+ modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+ Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+ Version); or
+
+ c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of
+ its Contributions.
+
+ This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks,
+ or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with
+ the notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+ No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+ distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this
+ License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if
+ permitted under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+ Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its
+ Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to
+ grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+ This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under
+ applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other
+ equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+ Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+ Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+ All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+ Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under
+ the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source
+ Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this
+ License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not
+ attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code
+ Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+ If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+ a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+ as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+ Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+ reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+ of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+ b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this
+ License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the
+ license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the
+ recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+ You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+ provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for
+ the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered
+ Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the
+ Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this
+ License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software
+ under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of
+ the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered
+ Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary
+ License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+ You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices
+ (including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or
+ limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the
+ Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the
+ extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+ You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+ indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+ Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on
+ behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any
+ such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by
+ You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+ liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+ indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+ disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+ jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+ If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+ with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute,
+ judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of
+ this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the
+ limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a
+ text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under
+ this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation,
+ such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary
+ skill to be able to understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+ fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+ then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+ are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+ explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing
+ basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by
+ some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into
+ compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are
+ reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the
+ non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have
+ received notice of non-compliance with this License from such
+ Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt
+ of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+ infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions,
+ counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version
+ directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to
+ You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section
+ 2.1 of this License shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+ license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+ validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+ termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+ Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis,
+ without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory,
+ including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free
+ of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing.
+ The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software
+ is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect,
+ You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing,
+ repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential
+ part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under
+ this License except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+ Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+ negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+ distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+ direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+ character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+ goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+ other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+ informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+ shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from
+ such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such
+ limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of
+ incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may
+ not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+ Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts
+ of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of
+ business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that
+ jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing
+ in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or
+ counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+ This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject
+ matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
+ unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
+ necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that
+ the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not
+ be used to construe this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+ Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+ 10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+ publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+ distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+ You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version
+ of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software,
+ or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+ steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+ If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+ create a new license for such software, you may create and use a
+ modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove
+ any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that
+ such modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary
+ Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is
+ Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of
+ the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be
+ attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+ This Source Code Form is subject to the
+ terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+ 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+ distributed with this file, You can
+ obtain one at
+ http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file,
+then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a
+relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a
+notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice
+
+ This Source Code Form is "Incompatible
+ With Secondary Licenses", as defined by
+ the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/README.md b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..036e531
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# cleanhttp
+
+Functions for accessing "clean" Go http.Client values
+
+-------------
+
+The Go standard library contains a default `http.Client` called
+`http.DefaultClient`. It is a common idiom in Go code to start with
+`http.DefaultClient` and tweak it as necessary, and in fact, this is
+encouraged; from the `http` package documentation:
+
+> The Client's Transport typically has internal state (cached TCP connections),
+so Clients should be reused instead of created as needed. Clients are safe for
+concurrent use by multiple goroutines.
+
+Unfortunately, this is a shared value, and it is not uncommon for libraries to
+assume that they are free to modify it at will. With enough dependencies, it
+can be very easy to encounter strange problems and race conditions due to
+manipulation of this shared value across libraries and goroutines (clients are
+safe for concurrent use, but writing values to the client struct itself is not
+protected).
+
+Making things worse is the fact that a bare `http.Client` will use a default
+`http.Transport` called `http.DefaultTransport`, which is another global value
+that behaves the same way. So it is not simply enough to replace
+`http.DefaultClient` with `&http.Client{}`.
+
+This repository provides some simple functions to get a "clean" `http.Client`
+-- one that uses the same default values as the Go standard library, but
+returns a client that does not share any state with other clients.
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/cleanhttp.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/cleanhttp.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4596d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/cleanhttp.go
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+package cleanhttp
+
+import (
+ "net"
+ "net/http"
+ "time"
+)
+
+// DefaultTransport returns a new http.Transport with the same default values
+// as http.DefaultTransport, but with idle connections and keepalives disabled.
+func DefaultTransport() *http.Transport {
+ transport := DefaultPooledTransport()
+ transport.DisableKeepAlives = true
+ transport.MaxIdleConnsPerHost = -1
+ return transport
+}
+
+// DefaultPooledTransport returns a new http.Transport with similar default
+// values to http.DefaultTransport. Do not use this for transient transports as
+// it can leak file descriptors over time. Only use this for transports that
+// will be re-used for the same host(s).
+func DefaultPooledTransport() *http.Transport {
+ transport := &http.Transport{
+ Proxy: http.ProxyFromEnvironment,
+ Dial: (&net.Dialer{
+ Timeout: 30 * time.Second,
+ KeepAlive: 30 * time.Second,
+ }).Dial,
+ TLSHandshakeTimeout: 10 * time.Second,
+ DisableKeepAlives: false,
+ MaxIdleConnsPerHost: 1,
+ }
+ return transport
+}
+
+// DefaultClient returns a new http.Client with similar default values to
+// http.Client, but with a non-shared Transport, idle connections disabled, and
+// keepalives disabled.
+func DefaultClient() *http.Client {
+ return &http.Client{
+ Transport: DefaultTransport(),
+ }
+}
+
+// DefaultPooledClient returns a new http.Client with the same default values
+// as http.Client, but with a shared Transport. Do not use this function
+// for transient clients as it can leak file descriptors over time. Only use
+// this for clients that will be re-used for the same host(s).
+func DefaultPooledClient() *http.Client {
+ return &http.Client{
+ Transport: DefaultPooledTransport(),
+ }
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/doc.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/doc.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0584109
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/doc.go
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+// Package cleanhttp offers convenience utilities for acquiring "clean"
+// http.Transport and http.Client structs.
+//
+// Values set on http.DefaultClient and http.DefaultTransport affect all
+// callers. This can have detrimental effects, esepcially in TLS contexts,
+// where client or root certificates set to talk to multiple endpoints can end
+// up displacing each other, leading to hard-to-debug issues. This package
+// provides non-shared http.Client and http.Transport structs to ensure that
+// the configuration will not be overwritten by other parts of the application
+// or dependencies.
+//
+// The DefaultClient and DefaultTransport functions disable idle connections
+// and keepalives. Without ensuring that idle connections are closed before
+// garbage collection, short-term clients/transports can leak file descriptors,
+// eventually leading to "too many open files" errors. If you will be
+// connecting to the same hosts repeatedly from the same client, you can use
+// DefaultPooledClient to receive a client that has connection pooling
+// semantics similar to http.DefaultClient.
+//
+package cleanhttp
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/LICENSE b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c33dcc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+ means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+ creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+ means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+ Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+ means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+ means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+ notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+ Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+ thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+ means
+
+ a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+ Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+ b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+ 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+ Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+ means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+ means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+ file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+ means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+ means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+ time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+ this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+ means any of the following:
+
+ a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+ from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+ b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+ means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+ and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+ would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+ using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+ either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+ means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+ General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+ License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+ means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+ means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+ License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+ controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+ definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+ the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+ otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+ outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+ Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+ non-exclusive license:
+
+ a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+ Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+ modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+ Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+ part of a Larger Work; and
+
+ b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+ sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+ or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+ The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+ effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+ such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+ The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+ License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+ or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+ 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+ a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+ b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+ modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+ Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+ Version); or
+
+ c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+ Contributions.
+
+ This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+ logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+ notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+ No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+ distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+ (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+ under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+ Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+ are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+ rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+ This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+ copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+ Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+ Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+ All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+ Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+ terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+ of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+ they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+ restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+ If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+ a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+ as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+ Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+ reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+ of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+ b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+ or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+ the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+ rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+ You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+ provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+ Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+ with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+ Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+ You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+ such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+ their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+ either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+ You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+ copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+ of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+ Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+ required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+ You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+ indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+ Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+ of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+ warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+ alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+ liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+ indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+ disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+ jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+ If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+ with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+ order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+ to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+ they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+ distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+ extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+ sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+ understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+ fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+ then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+ are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+ explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+ if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+ reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+ Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+ ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+ some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+ non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+ compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+ infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+ and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+ indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+ all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+ shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+ license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+ validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+ termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+ Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+ warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+ without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+ merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+ risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+ Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+ Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+ correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+ License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+ except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+ Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+ negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+ distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+ direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+ character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+ goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+ other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+ informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+ shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+ party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+ Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+ consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+ Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+ a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+ and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+ reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+ prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+ This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+ hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+ provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+ enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+ contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+ this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+ Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+ 10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+ publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+ distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+ You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+ the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+ under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+ steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+ If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+ create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+ version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+ references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+ modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+ If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+ Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+ notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+ This Source Code Form is subject to the
+ terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+ 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+ distributed with this file, You can
+ obtain one at
+ http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+ This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+ With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+ the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/client.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/client.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..613bfff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/client.go
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+package coordinate
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "math"
+ "sort"
+ "sync"
+ "time"
+)
+
+// Client manages the estimated network coordinate for a given node, and adjusts
+// it as the node observes round trip times and estimated coordinates from other
+// nodes. The core algorithm is based on Vivaldi, see the documentation for Config
+// for more details.
+type Client struct {
+ // coord is the current estimate of the client's network coordinate.
+ coord *Coordinate
+
+ // origin is a coordinate sitting at the origin.
+ origin *Coordinate
+
+ // config contains the tuning parameters that govern the performance of
+ // the algorithm.
+ config *Config
+
+ // adjustmentIndex is the current index into the adjustmentSamples slice.
+ adjustmentIndex uint
+
+ // adjustment is used to store samples for the adjustment calculation.
+ adjustmentSamples []float64
+
+ // latencyFilterSamples is used to store the last several RTT samples,
+ // keyed by node name. We will use the config's LatencyFilterSamples
+ // value to determine how many samples we keep, per node.
+ latencyFilterSamples map[string][]float64
+
+ // mutex enables safe concurrent access to the client.
+ mutex sync.RWMutex
+}
+
+// NewClient creates a new Client and verifies the configuration is valid.
+func NewClient(config *Config) (*Client, error) {
+ if !(config.Dimensionality > 0) {
+ return nil, fmt.Errorf("dimensionality must be >0")
+ }
+
+ return &Client{
+ coord: NewCoordinate(config),
+ origin: NewCoordinate(config),
+ config: config,
+ adjustmentIndex: 0,
+ adjustmentSamples: make([]float64, config.AdjustmentWindowSize),
+ latencyFilterSamples: make(map[string][]float64),
+ }, nil
+}
+
+// GetCoordinate returns a copy of the coordinate for this client.
+func (c *Client) GetCoordinate() *Coordinate {
+ c.mutex.RLock()
+ defer c.mutex.RUnlock()
+
+ return c.coord.Clone()
+}
+
+// SetCoordinate forces the client's coordinate to a known state.
+func (c *Client) SetCoordinate(coord *Coordinate) {
+ c.mutex.Lock()
+ defer c.mutex.Unlock()
+
+ c.coord = coord.Clone()
+}
+
+// ForgetNode removes any client state for the given node.
+func (c *Client) ForgetNode(node string) {
+ c.mutex.Lock()
+ defer c.mutex.Unlock()
+
+ delete(c.latencyFilterSamples, node)
+}
+
+// latencyFilter applies a simple moving median filter with a new sample for
+// a node. This assumes that the mutex has been locked already.
+func (c *Client) latencyFilter(node string, rttSeconds float64) float64 {
+ samples, ok := c.latencyFilterSamples[node]
+ if !ok {
+ samples = make([]float64, 0, c.config.LatencyFilterSize)
+ }
+
+ // Add the new sample and trim the list, if needed.
+ samples = append(samples, rttSeconds)
+ if len(samples) > int(c.config.LatencyFilterSize) {
+ samples = samples[1:]
+ }
+ c.latencyFilterSamples[node] = samples
+
+ // Sort a copy of the samples and return the median.
+ sorted := make([]float64, len(samples))
+ copy(sorted, samples)
+ sort.Float64s(sorted)
+ return sorted[len(sorted)/2]
+}
+
+// updateVivialdi updates the Vivaldi portion of the client's coordinate. This
+// assumes that the mutex has been locked already.
+func (c *Client) updateVivaldi(other *Coordinate, rttSeconds float64) {
+ const zeroThreshold = 1.0e-6
+
+ dist := c.coord.DistanceTo(other).Seconds()
+ if rttSeconds < zeroThreshold {
+ rttSeconds = zeroThreshold
+ }
+ wrongness := math.Abs(dist-rttSeconds) / rttSeconds
+
+ totalError := c.coord.Error + other.Error
+ if totalError < zeroThreshold {
+ totalError = zeroThreshold
+ }
+ weight := c.coord.Error / totalError
+
+ c.coord.Error = c.config.VivaldiCE*weight*wrongness + c.coord.Error*(1.0-c.config.VivaldiCE*weight)
+ if c.coord.Error > c.config.VivaldiErrorMax {
+ c.coord.Error = c.config.VivaldiErrorMax
+ }
+
+ delta := c.config.VivaldiCC * weight
+ force := delta * (rttSeconds - dist)
+ c.coord = c.coord.ApplyForce(c.config, force, other)
+}
+
+// updateAdjustment updates the adjustment portion of the client's coordinate, if
+// the feature is enabled. This assumes that the mutex has been locked already.
+func (c *Client) updateAdjustment(other *Coordinate, rttSeconds float64) {
+ if c.config.AdjustmentWindowSize == 0 {
+ return
+ }
+
+ // Note that the existing adjustment factors don't figure in to this
+ // calculation so we use the raw distance here.
+ dist := c.coord.rawDistanceTo(other)
+ c.adjustmentSamples[c.adjustmentIndex] = rttSeconds - dist
+ c.adjustmentIndex = (c.adjustmentIndex + 1) % c.config.AdjustmentWindowSize
+
+ sum := 0.0
+ for _, sample := range c.adjustmentSamples {
+ sum += sample
+ }
+ c.coord.Adjustment = sum / (2.0 * float64(c.config.AdjustmentWindowSize))
+}
+
+// updateGravity applies a small amount of gravity to pull coordinates towards
+// the center of the coordinate system to combat drift. This assumes that the
+// mutex is locked already.
+func (c *Client) updateGravity() {
+ dist := c.origin.DistanceTo(c.coord).Seconds()
+ force := -1.0 * math.Pow(dist/c.config.GravityRho, 2.0)
+ c.coord = c.coord.ApplyForce(c.config, force, c.origin)
+}
+
+// Update takes other, a coordinate for another node, and rtt, a round trip
+// time observation for a ping to that node, and updates the estimated position of
+// the client's coordinate. Returns the updated coordinate.
+func (c *Client) Update(node string, other *Coordinate, rtt time.Duration) *Coordinate {
+ c.mutex.Lock()
+ defer c.mutex.Unlock()
+
+ rttSeconds := c.latencyFilter(node, rtt.Seconds())
+ c.updateVivaldi(other, rttSeconds)
+ c.updateAdjustment(other, rttSeconds)
+ c.updateGravity()
+ return c.coord.Clone()
+}
+
+// DistanceTo returns the estimated RTT from the client's coordinate to other, the
+// coordinate for another node.
+func (c *Client) DistanceTo(other *Coordinate) time.Duration {
+ c.mutex.RLock()
+ defer c.mutex.RUnlock()
+
+ return c.coord.DistanceTo(other)
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/config.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/config.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b85a8ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/config.go
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+package coordinate
+
+// Config is used to set the parameters of the Vivaldi-based coordinate mapping
+// algorithm.
+//
+// The following references are called out at various points in the documentation
+// here:
+//
+// [1] Dabek, Frank, et al. "Vivaldi: A decentralized network coordinate system."
+// ACM SIGCOMM Computer Communication Review. Vol. 34. No. 4. ACM, 2004.
+// [2] Ledlie, Jonathan, Paul Gardner, and Margo I. Seltzer. "Network Coordinates
+// in the Wild." NSDI. Vol. 7. 2007.
+// [3] Lee, Sanghwan, et al. "On suitability of Euclidean embedding for
+// host-based network coordinate systems." Networking, IEEE/ACM Transactions
+// on 18.1 (2010): 27-40.
+type Config struct {
+ // The dimensionality of the coordinate system. As discussed in [2], more
+ // dimensions improves the accuracy of the estimates up to a point. Per [2]
+ // we chose 8 dimensions plus a non-Euclidean height.
+ Dimensionality uint
+
+ // VivaldiErrorMax is the default error value when a node hasn't yet made
+ // any observations. It also serves as an upper limit on the error value in
+ // case observations cause the error value to increase without bound.
+ VivaldiErrorMax float64
+
+ // VivaldiCE is a tuning factor that controls the maximum impact an
+ // observation can have on a node's confidence. See [1] for more details.
+ VivaldiCE float64
+
+ // VivaldiCC is a tuning factor that controls the maximum impact an
+ // observation can have on a node's coordinate. See [1] for more details.
+ VivaldiCC float64
+
+ // AdjustmentWindowSize is a tuning factor that determines how many samples
+ // we retain to calculate the adjustment factor as discussed in [3]. Setting
+ // this to zero disables this feature.
+ AdjustmentWindowSize uint
+
+ // HeightMin is the minimum value of the height parameter. Since this
+ // always must be positive, it will introduce a small amount error, so
+ // the chosen value should be relatively small compared to "normal"
+ // coordinates.
+ HeightMin float64
+
+ // LatencyFilterSamples is the maximum number of samples that are retained
+ // per node, in order to compute a median. The intent is to ride out blips
+ // but still keep the delay low, since our time to probe any given node is
+ // pretty infrequent. See [2] for more details.
+ LatencyFilterSize uint
+
+ // GravityRho is a tuning factor that sets how much gravity has an effect
+ // to try to re-center coordinates. See [2] for more details.
+ GravityRho float64
+}
+
+// DefaultConfig returns a Config that has some default values suitable for
+// basic testing of the algorithm, but not tuned to any particular type of cluster.
+func DefaultConfig() *Config {
+ return &Config{
+ Dimensionality: 8,
+ VivaldiErrorMax: 1.5,
+ VivaldiCE: 0.25,
+ VivaldiCC: 0.25,
+ AdjustmentWindowSize: 20,
+ HeightMin: 10.0e-6,
+ LatencyFilterSize: 3,
+ GravityRho: 150.0,
+ }
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/coordinate.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/coordinate.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9194e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/coordinate.go
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+package coordinate
+
+import (
+ "math"
+ "math/rand"
+ "time"
+)
+
+// Coordinate is a specialized structure for holding network coordinates for the
+// Vivaldi-based coordinate mapping algorithm. All of the fields should be public
+// to enable this to be serialized. All values in here are in units of seconds.
+type Coordinate struct {
+ // Vec is the Euclidean portion of the coordinate. This is used along
+ // with the other fields to provide an overall distance estimate. The
+ // units here are seconds.
+ Vec []float64
+
+ // Err reflects the confidence in the given coordinate and is updated
+ // dynamically by the Vivaldi Client. This is dimensionless.
+ Error float64
+
+ // Adjustment is a distance offset computed based on a calculation over
+ // observations from all other nodes over a fixed window and is updated
+ // dynamically by the Vivaldi Client. The units here are seconds.
+ Adjustment float64
+
+ // Height is a distance offset that accounts for non-Euclidean effects
+ // which model the access links from nodes to the core Internet. The access
+ // links are usually set by bandwidth and congestion, and the core links
+ // usually follow distance based on geography.
+ Height float64
+}
+
+const (
+ // secondsToNanoseconds is used to convert float seconds to nanoseconds.
+ secondsToNanoseconds = 1.0e9
+
+ // zeroThreshold is used to decide if two coordinates are on top of each
+ // other.
+ zeroThreshold = 1.0e-6
+)
+
+// ErrDimensionalityConflict will be panic-d if you try to perform operations
+// with incompatible dimensions.
+type DimensionalityConflictError struct{}
+
+// Adds the error interface.
+func (e DimensionalityConflictError) Error() string {
+ return "coordinate dimensionality does not match"
+}
+
+// NewCoordinate creates a new coordinate at the origin, using the given config
+// to supply key initial values.
+func NewCoordinate(config *Config) *Coordinate {
+ return &Coordinate{
+ Vec: make([]float64, config.Dimensionality),
+ Error: config.VivaldiErrorMax,
+ Adjustment: 0.0,
+ Height: config.HeightMin,
+ }
+}
+
+// Clone creates an independent copy of this coordinate.
+func (c *Coordinate) Clone() *Coordinate {
+ vec := make([]float64, len(c.Vec))
+ copy(vec, c.Vec)
+ return &Coordinate{
+ Vec: vec,
+ Error: c.Error,
+ Adjustment: c.Adjustment,
+ Height: c.Height,
+ }
+}
+
+// IsCompatibleWith checks to see if the two coordinates are compatible
+// dimensionally. If this returns true then you are guaranteed to not get
+// any runtime errors operating on them.
+func (c *Coordinate) IsCompatibleWith(other *Coordinate) bool {
+ return len(c.Vec) == len(other.Vec)
+}
+
+// ApplyForce returns the result of applying the force from the direction of the
+// other coordinate.
+func (c *Coordinate) ApplyForce(config *Config, force float64, other *Coordinate) *Coordinate {
+ if !c.IsCompatibleWith(other) {
+ panic(DimensionalityConflictError{})
+ }
+
+ ret := c.Clone()
+ unit, mag := unitVectorAt(c.Vec, other.Vec)
+ ret.Vec = add(ret.Vec, mul(unit, force))
+ if mag > zeroThreshold {
+ ret.Height = (ret.Height+other.Height)*force/mag + ret.Height
+ ret.Height = math.Max(ret.Height, config.HeightMin)
+ }
+ return ret
+}
+
+// DistanceTo returns the distance between this coordinate and the other
+// coordinate, including adjustments.
+func (c *Coordinate) DistanceTo(other *Coordinate) time.Duration {
+ if !c.IsCompatibleWith(other) {
+ panic(DimensionalityConflictError{})
+ }
+
+ dist := c.rawDistanceTo(other)
+ adjustedDist := dist + c.Adjustment + other.Adjustment
+ if adjustedDist > 0.0 {
+ dist = adjustedDist
+ }
+ return time.Duration(dist * secondsToNanoseconds)
+}
+
+// rawDistanceTo returns the Vivaldi distance between this coordinate and the
+// other coordinate in seconds, not including adjustments. This assumes the
+// dimensions have already been checked to be compatible.
+func (c *Coordinate) rawDistanceTo(other *Coordinate) float64 {
+ return magnitude(diff(c.Vec, other.Vec)) + c.Height + other.Height
+}
+
+// add returns the sum of vec1 and vec2. This assumes the dimensions have
+// already been checked to be compatible.
+func add(vec1 []float64, vec2 []float64) []float64 {
+ ret := make([]float64, len(vec1))
+ for i, _ := range ret {
+ ret[i] = vec1[i] + vec2[i]
+ }
+ return ret
+}
+
+// diff returns the difference between the vec1 and vec2. This assumes the
+// dimensions have already been checked to be compatible.
+func diff(vec1 []float64, vec2 []float64) []float64 {
+ ret := make([]float64, len(vec1))
+ for i, _ := range ret {
+ ret[i] = vec1[i] - vec2[i]
+ }
+ return ret
+}
+
+// mul returns vec multiplied by a scalar factor.
+func mul(vec []float64, factor float64) []float64 {
+ ret := make([]float64, len(vec))
+ for i, _ := range vec {
+ ret[i] = vec[i] * factor
+ }
+ return ret
+}
+
+// magnitude computes the magnitude of the vec.
+func magnitude(vec []float64) float64 {
+ sum := 0.0
+ for i, _ := range vec {
+ sum += vec[i] * vec[i]
+ }
+ return math.Sqrt(sum)
+}
+
+// unitVectorAt returns a unit vector pointing at vec1 from vec2. If the two
+// positions are the same then a random unit vector is returned. We also return
+// the distance between the points for use in the later height calculation.
+func unitVectorAt(vec1 []float64, vec2 []float64) ([]float64, float64) {
+ ret := diff(vec1, vec2)
+
+ // If the coordinates aren't on top of each other we can normalize.
+ if mag := magnitude(ret); mag > zeroThreshold {
+ return mul(ret, 1.0/mag), mag
+ }
+
+ // Otherwise, just return a random unit vector.
+ for i, _ := range ret {
+ ret[i] = rand.Float64() - 0.5
+ }
+ if mag := magnitude(ret); mag > zeroThreshold {
+ return mul(ret, 1.0/mag), 0.0
+ }
+
+ // And finally just give up and make a unit vector along the first
+ // dimension. This should be exceedingly rare.
+ ret = make([]float64, len(ret))
+ ret[0] = 1.0
+ return ret, 0.0
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/phantom.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/phantom.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fb033c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate/phantom.go
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+package coordinate
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "math"
+ "math/rand"
+ "time"
+)
+
+// GenerateClients returns a slice with nodes number of clients, all with the
+// given config.
+func GenerateClients(nodes int, config *Config) ([]*Client, error) {
+ clients := make([]*Client, nodes)
+ for i, _ := range clients {
+ client, err := NewClient(config)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+
+ clients[i] = client
+ }
+ return clients, nil
+}
+
+// GenerateLine returns a truth matrix as if all the nodes are in a straight linke
+// with the given spacing between them.
+func GenerateLine(nodes int, spacing time.Duration) [][]time.Duration {
+ truth := make([][]time.Duration, nodes)
+ for i := range truth {
+ truth[i] = make([]time.Duration, nodes)
+ }
+
+ for i := 0; i < nodes; i++ {
+ for j := i + 1; j < nodes; j++ {
+ rtt := time.Duration(j-i) * spacing
+ truth[i][j], truth[j][i] = rtt, rtt
+ }
+ }
+ return truth
+}
+
+// GenerateGrid returns a truth matrix as if all the nodes are in a two dimensional
+// grid with the given spacing between them.
+func GenerateGrid(nodes int, spacing time.Duration) [][]time.Duration {
+ truth := make([][]time.Duration, nodes)
+ for i := range truth {
+ truth[i] = make([]time.Duration, nodes)
+ }
+
+ n := int(math.Sqrt(float64(nodes)))
+ for i := 0; i < nodes; i++ {
+ for j := i + 1; j < nodes; j++ {
+ x1, y1 := float64(i%n), float64(i/n)
+ x2, y2 := float64(j%n), float64(j/n)
+ dx, dy := x2-x1, y2-y1
+ dist := math.Sqrt(dx*dx + dy*dy)
+ rtt := time.Duration(dist * float64(spacing))
+ truth[i][j], truth[j][i] = rtt, rtt
+ }
+ }
+ return truth
+}
+
+// GenerateSplit returns a truth matrix as if half the nodes are close together in
+// one location and half the nodes are close together in another. The lan factor
+// is used to separate the nodes locally and the wan factor represents the split
+// between the two sides.
+func GenerateSplit(nodes int, lan time.Duration, wan time.Duration) [][]time.Duration {
+ truth := make([][]time.Duration, nodes)
+ for i := range truth {
+ truth[i] = make([]time.Duration, nodes)
+ }
+
+ split := nodes / 2
+ for i := 0; i < nodes; i++ {
+ for j := i + 1; j < nodes; j++ {
+ rtt := lan
+ if (i <= split && j > split) || (i > split && j <= split) {
+ rtt += wan
+ }
+ truth[i][j], truth[j][i] = rtt, rtt
+ }
+ }
+ return truth
+}
+
+// GenerateCircle returns a truth matrix for a set of nodes, evenly distributed
+// around a circle with the given radius. The first node is at the "center" of the
+// circle because it's equidistant from all the other nodes, but we place it at
+// double the radius, so it should show up above all the other nodes in height.
+func GenerateCircle(nodes int, radius time.Duration) [][]time.Duration {
+ truth := make([][]time.Duration, nodes)
+ for i := range truth {
+ truth[i] = make([]time.Duration, nodes)
+ }
+
+ for i := 0; i < nodes; i++ {
+ for j := i + 1; j < nodes; j++ {
+ var rtt time.Duration
+ if i == 0 {
+ rtt = 2 * radius
+ } else {
+ t1 := 2.0 * math.Pi * float64(i) / float64(nodes)
+ x1, y1 := math.Cos(t1), math.Sin(t1)
+ t2 := 2.0 * math.Pi * float64(j) / float64(nodes)
+ x2, y2 := math.Cos(t2), math.Sin(t2)
+ dx, dy := x2-x1, y2-y1
+ dist := math.Sqrt(dx*dx + dy*dy)
+ rtt = time.Duration(dist * float64(radius))
+ }
+ truth[i][j], truth[j][i] = rtt, rtt
+ }
+ }
+ return truth
+}
+
+// GenerateRandom returns a truth matrix for a set of nodes with normally
+// distributed delays, with the given mean and deviation. The RNG is re-seeded
+// so you always get the same matrix for a given size.
+func GenerateRandom(nodes int, mean time.Duration, deviation time.Duration) [][]time.Duration {
+ rand.Seed(1)
+
+ truth := make([][]time.Duration, nodes)
+ for i := range truth {
+ truth[i] = make([]time.Duration, nodes)
+ }
+
+ for i := 0; i < nodes; i++ {
+ for j := i + 1; j < nodes; j++ {
+ rttSeconds := rand.NormFloat64()*deviation.Seconds() + mean.Seconds()
+ rtt := time.Duration(rttSeconds * secondsToNanoseconds)
+ truth[i][j], truth[j][i] = rtt, rtt
+ }
+ }
+ return truth
+}
+
+// Simulate runs the given number of cycles using the given list of clients and
+// truth matrix. On each cycle, each client will pick a random node and observe
+// the truth RTT, updating its coordinate estimate. The RNG is re-seeded for
+// each simulation run to get deterministic results (for this algorithm and the
+// underlying algorithm which will use random numbers for position vectors when
+// starting out with everything at the origin).
+func Simulate(clients []*Client, truth [][]time.Duration, cycles int) {
+ rand.Seed(1)
+
+ nodes := len(clients)
+ for cycle := 0; cycle < cycles; cycle++ {
+ for i, _ := range clients {
+ if j := rand.Intn(nodes); j != i {
+ c := clients[j].GetCoordinate()
+ rtt := truth[i][j]
+ node := fmt.Sprintf("node_%d", j)
+ clients[i].Update(node, c, rtt)
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Stats is returned from the Evaluate function with a summary of the algorithm
+// performance.
+type Stats struct {
+ ErrorMax float64
+ ErrorAvg float64
+}
+
+// Evaluate uses the coordinates of the given clients to calculate estimated
+// distances and compares them with the given truth matrix, returning summary
+// stats.
+func Evaluate(clients []*Client, truth [][]time.Duration) (stats Stats) {
+ nodes := len(clients)
+ count := 0
+ for i := 0; i < nodes; i++ {
+ for j := i + 1; j < nodes; j++ {
+ est := clients[i].DistanceTo(clients[j].GetCoordinate()).Seconds()
+ actual := truth[i][j].Seconds()
+ error := math.Abs(est-actual) / actual
+ stats.ErrorMax = math.Max(stats.ErrorMax, error)
+ stats.ErrorAvg += error
+ count += 1
+ }
+ }
+
+ stats.ErrorAvg /= float64(count)
+ fmt.Printf("Error avg=%9.6f max=%9.6f\n", stats.ErrorAvg, stats.ErrorMax)
+ return
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/LICENSE b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bfa7a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Copyright (c) 2013 Kelsey Hightower
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
+so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/MAINTAINERS b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/MAINTAINERS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6527a9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/MAINTAINERS
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Kelsey Hightower kelsey.hightower@gmail.com github.com/kelseyhightower
+Travis Parker travis.parker@gmail.com github.com/teepark
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/README.md b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09de74b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+# envconfig
+
+[](https://travis-ci.org/kelseyhightower/envconfig)
+
+```Go
+import "github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig"
+```
+
+## Documentation
+
+See [godoc](http://godoc.org/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig)
+
+## Usage
+
+Set some environment variables:
+
+```Bash
+export MYAPP_DEBUG=false
+export MYAPP_PORT=8080
+export MYAPP_USER=Kelsey
+export MYAPP_RATE="0.5"
+export MYAPP_TIMEOUT="3m"
+export MYAPP_USERS="rob,ken,robert"
+```
+
+Write some code:
+
+```Go
+package main
+
+import (
+ "fmt"
+ "log"
+ "time"
+
+ "github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig"
+)
+
+type Specification struct {
+ Debug bool
+ Port int
+ User string
+ Users []string
+ Rate float32
+ Timeout time.Duration
+}
+
+func main() {
+ var s Specification
+ err := envconfig.Process("myapp", &s)
+ if err != nil {
+ log.Fatal(err.Error())
+ }
+ format := "Debug: %v\nPort: %d\nUser: %s\nRate: %f\nTimeout: %s\n"
+ _, err = fmt.Printf(format, s.Debug, s.Port, s.User, s.Rate)
+ if err != nil {
+ log.Fatal(err.Error())
+ }
+
+ fmt.Println("Users:")
+ for _, u := range s.Users {
+ fmt.Printf(" %s\n", u)
+ }
+}
+```
+
+Results:
+
+```Bash
+Debug: false
+Port: 8080
+User: Kelsey
+Rate: 0.500000
+Timeout: 3m0s
+Users:
+ rob
+ ken
+ robert
+```
+
+## Struct Tag Support
+
+Envconfig supports the use of struct tags to specify alternate, default, and required
+environment variables.
+
+For example, consider the following struct:
+
+```Go
+type Specification struct {
+ ManualOverride1 string `envconfig:"manual_override_1"`
+ DefaultVar string `default:"foobar"`
+ RequiredVar string `required:"true"`
+ IgnoredVar string `ignored:"true"`
+ AutoSplitVar string `split_words:"true"`
+}
+```
+
+Envconfig has automatic support for CamelCased struct elements when the
+`split_words:"true"` tag is supplied. Without this tag, `AutoSplitVar` above
+would look for an environment variable called `MYAPP_AUTOSPLITVAR`. With the
+setting applied it will look for `MYAPP_AUTO_SPLIT_VAR`. Note that numbers
+will get globbed into the previous word. If the setting does not do the
+right thing, you may use a manual override.
+
+Envconfig will process value for `ManualOverride1` by populating it with the
+value for `MYAPP_MANUAL_OVERRIDE_1`. Without this struct tag, it would have
+instead looked up `MYAPP_MANUALOVERRIDE1`. With the `split_words:"true"` tag
+it would have looked up `MYAPP_MANUAL_OVERRIDE1`.
+
+```Bash
+export MYAPP_MANUAL_OVERRIDE_1="this will be the value"
+
+# export MYAPP_MANUALOVERRIDE1="and this will not"
+```
+
+If envconfig can't find an environment variable value for `MYAPP_DEFAULTVAR`,
+it will populate it with "foobar" as a default value.
+
+If envconfig can't find an environment variable value for `MYAPP_REQUIREDVAR`,
+it will return an error when asked to process the struct.
+
+If envconfig can't find an environment variable in the form `PREFIX_MYVAR`, and there
+is a struct tag defined, it will try to populate your variable with an environment
+variable that directly matches the envconfig tag in your struct definition:
+
+```shell
+export SERVICE_HOST=127.0.0.1
+export MYAPP_DEBUG=true
+```
+```Go
+type Specification struct {
+ ServiceHost string `envconfig:"SERVICE_HOST"`
+ Debug bool
+}
+```
+
+Envconfig won't process a field with the "ignored" tag set to "true", even if a corresponding
+environment variable is set.
+
+## Supported Struct Field Types
+
+envconfig supports supports these struct field types:
+
+ * string
+ * int8, int16, int32, int64
+ * bool
+ * float32, float64
+ * [encoding.TextUnmarshaler](https://golang.org/pkg/encoding/#TextUnmarshaler)
+
+Embedded structs using these fields are also supported.
+
+## Custom Decoders
+
+Any field whose type (or pointer-to-type) implements `envconfig.Decoder` can
+control its own deserialization:
+
+```Bash
+export DNS_SERVER=8.8.8.8
+```
+
+```Go
+type IPDecoder net.IP
+
+func (ipd *IPDecoder) Decode(value string) error {
+ *ipd = IPDecoder(net.ParseIP(value))
+ return nil
+}
+
+type DNSConfig struct {
+ Address IPDecoder `envconfig:"DNS_SERVER"`
+}
+```
+
+Also, envconfig will use a `Set(string) error` method like from the
+[flag.Value](https://godoc.org/flag#Value) interface if implemented.
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/doc.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/doc.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f28561c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/doc.go
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2013 Kelsey Hightower. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by the MIT License that can be found in
+// the LICENSE file.
+
+// Package envconfig implements decoding of environment variables based on a user
+// defined specification. A typical use is using environment variables for
+// configuration settings.
+package envconfig
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/env_os.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/env_os.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6a014a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/env_os.go
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+// +build appengine
+
+package envconfig
+
+import "os"
+
+var lookupEnv = os.LookupEnv
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/env_syscall.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/env_syscall.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d98085
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/env_syscall.go
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+// +build !appengine
+
+package envconfig
+
+import "syscall"
+
+var lookupEnv = syscall.Getenv
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/envconfig.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/envconfig.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ad5e7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/envconfig.go
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2013 Kelsey Hightower. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by the MIT License that can be found in
+// the LICENSE file.
+
+package envconfig
+
+import (
+ "encoding"
+ "errors"
+ "fmt"
+ "reflect"
+ "regexp"
+ "strconv"
+ "strings"
+ "time"
+)
+
+// ErrInvalidSpecification indicates that a specification is of the wrong type.
+var ErrInvalidSpecification = errors.New("specification must be a struct pointer")
+
+// A ParseError occurs when an environment variable cannot be converted to
+// the type required by a struct field during assignment.
+type ParseError struct {
+ KeyName string
+ FieldName string
+ TypeName string
+ Value string
+ Err error
+}
+
+// Decoder has the same semantics as Setter, but takes higher precedence.
+// It is provided for historical compatibility.
+type Decoder interface {
+ Decode(value string) error
+}
+
+// Setter is implemented by types can self-deserialize values.
+// Any type that implements flag.Value also implements Setter.
+type Setter interface {
+ Set(value string) error
+}
+
+func (e *ParseError) Error() string {
+ return fmt.Sprintf("envconfig.Process: assigning %[1]s to %[2]s: converting '%[3]s' to type %[4]s. details: %[5]s", e.KeyName, e.FieldName, e.Value, e.TypeName, e.Err)
+}
+
+// varInfo maintains information about the configuration variable
+type varInfo struct {
+ Name string
+ Alt string
+ Key string
+ Field reflect.Value
+ Tags reflect.StructTag
+}
+
+// GatherInfo gathers information about the specified struct
+func gatherInfo(prefix string, spec interface{}) ([]varInfo, error) {
+ expr := regexp.MustCompile("([^A-Z]+|[A-Z][^A-Z]+|[A-Z]+)")
+ s := reflect.ValueOf(spec)
+
+ if s.Kind() != reflect.Ptr {
+ return nil, ErrInvalidSpecification
+ }
+ s = s.Elem()
+ if s.Kind() != reflect.Struct {
+ return nil, ErrInvalidSpecification
+ }
+ typeOfSpec := s.Type()
+
+ // over allocate an info array, we will extend if needed later
+ infos := make([]varInfo, 0, s.NumField())
+ for i := 0; i < s.NumField(); i++ {
+ f := s.Field(i)
+ ftype := typeOfSpec.Field(i)
+ if !f.CanSet() || ftype.Tag.Get("ignored") == "true" {
+ continue
+ }
+
+ for f.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+ if f.IsNil() {
+ if f.Type().Elem().Kind() != reflect.Struct {
+ // nil pointer to a non-struct: leave it alone
+ break
+ }
+ // nil pointer to struct: create a zero instance
+ f.Set(reflect.New(f.Type().Elem()))
+ }
+ f = f.Elem()
+ }
+
+ // Capture information about the config variable
+ info := varInfo{
+ Name: ftype.Name,
+ Field: f,
+ Tags: ftype.Tag,
+ Alt: strings.ToUpper(ftype.Tag.Get("envconfig")),
+ }
+
+ // Default to the field name as the env var name (will be upcased)
+ info.Key = info.Name
+
+ // Best effort to un-pick camel casing as separate words
+ if ftype.Tag.Get("split_words") == "true" {
+ words := expr.FindAllStringSubmatch(ftype.Name, -1)
+ if len(words) > 0 {
+ var name []string
+ for _, words := range words {
+ name = append(name, words[0])
+ }
+
+ info.Key = strings.Join(name, "_")
+ }
+ }
+ if info.Alt != "" {
+ info.Key = info.Alt
+ }
+ if prefix != "" {
+ info.Key = fmt.Sprintf("%s_%s", prefix, info.Key)
+ }
+ info.Key = strings.ToUpper(info.Key)
+ infos = append(infos, info)
+
+ if f.Kind() == reflect.Struct {
+ // honor Decode if present
+ if decoderFrom(f) == nil && setterFrom(f) == nil && textUnmarshaler(f) == nil {
+ innerPrefix := prefix
+ if !ftype.Anonymous {
+ innerPrefix = info.Key
+ }
+
+ embeddedPtr := f.Addr().Interface()
+ embeddedInfos, err := gatherInfo(innerPrefix, embeddedPtr)
+ if err != nil {
+ return nil, err
+ }
+ infos = append(infos[:len(infos)-1], embeddedInfos...)
+
+ continue
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return infos, nil
+}
+
+// Process populates the specified struct based on environment variables
+func Process(prefix string, spec interface{}) error {
+ infos, err := gatherInfo(prefix, spec)
+
+ for _, info := range infos {
+
+ // `os.Getenv` cannot differentiate between an explicitly set empty value
+ // and an unset value. `os.LookupEnv` is preferred to `syscall.Getenv`,
+ // but it is only available in go1.5 or newer. We're using Go build tags
+ // here to use os.LookupEnv for >=go1.5
+ value, ok := lookupEnv(info.Key)
+ if !ok && info.Alt != "" {
+ value, ok = lookupEnv(info.Alt)
+ }
+
+ def := info.Tags.Get("default")
+ if def != "" && !ok {
+ value = def
+ }
+
+ req := info.Tags.Get("required")
+ if !ok && def == "" {
+ if req == "true" {
+ return fmt.Errorf("required key %s missing value", info.Key)
+ }
+ continue
+ }
+
+ err := processField(value, info.Field)
+ if err != nil {
+ return &ParseError{
+ KeyName: info.Key,
+ FieldName: info.Name,
+ TypeName: info.Field.Type().String(),
+ Value: value,
+ Err: err,
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return err
+}
+
+// MustProcess is the same as Process but panics if an error occurs
+func MustProcess(prefix string, spec interface{}) {
+ if err := Process(prefix, spec); err != nil {
+ panic(err)
+ }
+}
+
+func processField(value string, field reflect.Value) error {
+ typ := field.Type()
+
+ decoder := decoderFrom(field)
+ if decoder != nil {
+ return decoder.Decode(value)
+ }
+ // look for Set method if Decode not defined
+ setter := setterFrom(field)
+ if setter != nil {
+ return setter.Set(value)
+ }
+
+ if t := textUnmarshaler(field); t != nil {
+ return t.UnmarshalText([]byte(value))
+ }
+
+ if typ.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+ typ = typ.Elem()
+ if field.IsNil() {
+ field.Set(reflect.New(typ))
+ }
+ field = field.Elem()
+ }
+
+ switch typ.Kind() {
+ case reflect.String:
+ field.SetString(value)
+ case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64:
+ var (
+ val int64
+ err error
+ )
+ if field.Kind() == reflect.Int64 && typ.PkgPath() == "time" && typ.Name() == "Duration" {
+ var d time.Duration
+ d, err = time.ParseDuration(value)
+ val = int64(d)
+ } else {
+ val, err = strconv.ParseInt(value, 0, typ.Bits())
+ }
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+
+ field.SetInt(val)
+ case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64:
+ val, err := strconv.ParseUint(value, 0, typ.Bits())
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ field.SetUint(val)
+ case reflect.Bool:
+ val, err := strconv.ParseBool(value)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ field.SetBool(val)
+ case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64:
+ val, err := strconv.ParseFloat(value, typ.Bits())
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ field.SetFloat(val)
+ case reflect.Slice:
+ vals := strings.Split(value, ",")
+ sl := reflect.MakeSlice(typ, len(vals), len(vals))
+ for i, val := range vals {
+ err := processField(val, sl.Index(i))
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+ }
+ field.Set(sl)
+ }
+
+ return nil
+}
+
+func interfaceFrom(field reflect.Value, fn func(interface{}, *bool)) {
+ // it may be impossible for a struct field to fail this check
+ if !field.CanInterface() {
+ return
+ }
+ var ok bool
+ fn(field.Interface(), &ok)
+ if !ok && field.CanAddr() {
+ fn(field.Addr().Interface(), &ok)
+ }
+}
+
+func decoderFrom(field reflect.Value) (d Decoder) {
+ interfaceFrom(field, func(v interface{}, ok *bool) { d, *ok = v.(Decoder) })
+ return d
+}
+
+func setterFrom(field reflect.Value) (s Setter) {
+ interfaceFrom(field, func(v interface{}, ok *bool) { s, *ok = v.(Setter) })
+ return s
+}
+
+func textUnmarshaler(field reflect.Value) (t encoding.TextUnmarshaler) {
+ interfaceFrom(field, func(v interface{}, ok *bool) { t, *ok = v.(encoding.TextUnmarshaler) })
+ return t
+}
diff --git a/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/usage.go b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/usage.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4870237
--- /dev/null
+++ b/provisioner/vendor/github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig/usage.go
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2016 Kelsey Hightower and others. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by the MIT License that can be found in
+// the LICENSE file.
+
+package envconfig
+
+import (
+ "encoding"
+ "fmt"
+ "io"
+ "os"
+ "reflect"
+ "strconv"
+ "strings"
+ "text/tabwriter"
+ "text/template"
+)
+
+const (
+ // DefaultListFormat constant to use to display usage in a list format
+ DefaultListFormat = `This application is configured via the environment. The following environment
+variables can be used:
+{{range .}}
+{{usage_key .}}
+ [description] {{usage_description .}}
+ [type] {{usage_type .}}
+ [default] {{usage_default .}}
+ [required] {{usage_required .}}{{end}}
+`
+ // DefaultTableFormat constant to use to display usage in a tabluar format
+ DefaultTableFormat = `This application is configured via the environment. The following environment
+variables can be used:
+
+KEY TYPE DEFAULT REQUIRED DESCRIPTION
+{{range .}}{{usage_key .}} {{usage_type .}} {{usage_default .}} {{usage_required .}} {{usage_description .}}
+{{end}}`
+)
+
+var (
+ decoderType = reflect.TypeOf((*Decoder)(nil)).Elem()
+ setterType = reflect.TypeOf((*Setter)(nil)).Elem()
+ unmarshalerType = reflect.TypeOf((*encoding.TextUnmarshaler)(nil)).Elem()
+)
+
+func implementsInterface(t reflect.Type) bool {
+ return t.Implements(decoderType) ||
+ reflect.PtrTo(t).Implements(decoderType) ||
+ t.Implements(setterType) ||
+ reflect.PtrTo(t).Implements(setterType) ||
+ t.Implements(unmarshalerType) ||
+ reflect.PtrTo(t).Implements(unmarshalerType)
+}
+
+// toTypeDescription converts Go types into a human readable description
+func toTypeDescription(t reflect.Type) string {
+ switch t.Kind() {
+ case reflect.Array, reflect.Slice:
+ return fmt.Sprintf("Comma-separated list of %s", toTypeDescription(t.Elem()))
+ case reflect.Ptr:
+ return toTypeDescription(t.Elem())
+ case reflect.Struct:
+ if implementsInterface(t) && t.Name() != "" {
+ return t.Name()
+ }
+ return ""
+ case reflect.String:
+ name := t.Name()
+ if name != "" && name != "string" {
+ return name
+ }
+ return "String"
+ case reflect.Bool:
+ name := t.Name()
+ if name != "" && name != "bool" {
+ return name
+ }
+ return "True or False"
+ case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64:
+ name := t.Name()
+ if name != "" && !strings.HasPrefix(name, "int") {
+ return name
+ }
+ return "Integer"
+ case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64:
+ name := t.Name()
+ if name != "" && !strings.HasPrefix(name, "uint") {
+ return name
+ }
+ return "Unsigned Integer"
+ case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64:
+ name := t.Name()
+ if name != "" && !strings.HasPrefix(name, "float") {
+ return name
+ }
+ return "Float"
+ }
+ return fmt.Sprintf("%+v", t)
+}
+
+// Usage writes usage information to stderr using the default header and table format
+func Usage(prefix string, spec interface{}) error {
+ // The default is to output the usage information as a table
+ // Create tabwriter instance to support table output
+ tabs := tabwriter.NewWriter(os.Stdout, 1, 0, 4, ' ', 0)
+
+ err := Usagef(prefix, spec, tabs, DefaultTableFormat)
+ tabs.Flush()
+ return err
+}
+
+// Usagef writes usage information to the specified io.Writer using the specifed template specification
+func Usagef(prefix string, spec interface{}, out io.Writer, format string) error {
+
+ // Specify the default usage template functions
+ functions := template.FuncMap{
+ "usage_key": func(v varInfo) string { return v.Key },
+ "usage_description": func(v varInfo) string { return v.Tags.Get("desc") },
+ "usage_type": func(v varInfo) string { return toTypeDescription(v.Field.Type()) },
+ "usage_default": func(v varInfo) string { return v.Tags.Get("default") },
+ "usage_required": func(v varInfo) (string, error) {
+ req := v.Tags.Get("required")
+ if req != "" {
+ reqB, err := strconv.ParseBool(req)
+ if err != nil {
+ return "", err
+ }
+ if reqB {
+ req = "true"
+ }
+ }
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ tmpl, err := template.New("envconfig").Funcs(functions).Parse(format)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+
+ return Usaget(prefix, spec, out, tmpl)
+}
+
+// Usaget writes usage information to the specified io.Writer using the specified template
+func Usaget(prefix string, spec interface{}, out io.Writer, tmpl *template.Template) error {
+ // gather first
+ infos, err := gatherInfo(prefix, spec)
+ if err != nil {
+ return err
+ }
+
+ return tmpl.Execute(out, infos)
+}